144
Project Manual for The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center Houston, Texas R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIP LeMaistre Clinic MD ANDERSON PROJECT : 20-0054 A/E PROJECT : 20-016 PROJECT DELIVERY METHOD : Job Ordered Contract Issued for TDLR Review & Construction February 10, 2021 OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE Cameron Leach Project Manager Facilities Planning, Design and Construction (713) 792-5522 MD Anderson Cancer Center Clinical & Translational Research Center PROJECT ARCHITECT Kyle Thiel, AIA, LEED AP BD+C Courtney Harper + Partners 3801 Kirby Drive, Ste 244 Houston, Texas t-(713) 521-7379 f-(713) 521-4588 PROJECT ENGINEER Raul Benitez, P.E. PBS Engineers, Inc. 5700 NW Central Drive, Ste. 402 Houston, Texas 77092 t-(346) 396-4041

Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    1

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

Project Manual for

The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center

Houston, Texas

R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIP LeMaistre Clinic

MD ANDERSON PROJECT : 20-0054

A/E PROJECT : 20-016

PROJECT DELIVERY METHOD : Job Ordered Contract

Issued for TDLR Review & Construction

February 10, 2021

OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE Cameron Leach Project Manager Facilities Planning, Design and Construction (713) 792-5522 MD Anderson Cancer Center Clinical & Translational Research Center PROJECT ARCHITECT Kyle Thiel, AIA, LEED AP BD+C Courtney Harper + Partners 3801 Kirby Drive, Ste 244 Houston, Texas t-(713) 521-7379 f-(713) 521-4588

PROJECT ENGINEER Raul Benitez, P.E. PBS Engineers, Inc. 5700 NW Central Drive, Ste. 402 Houston, Texas 77092 t-(346) 396-4041

Page 2: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD ANDERSON Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIP Courtney Harper + Partners ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTION CH+P Project No. 20-016 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas TABLE OF CONTENTS MD Anderson Cancer Center 00 01 10 MS 20200429 1 OF 5

PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

A – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS GROUP

DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

Uniform General Conditions for University of Texas System Building Construction Contracts IUSC

00 25 00 Owners Special Conditions

IUSC

00 25 00 A Attachment “A” - Minimum Wage Rate Determination

00 25 00 B Attachment “B” - Facilities Planned Utility Outages Policy

00 25 00 C Attachment “C” - Project Sign Layout

00 25 00 D Attachment “D” - Bastrop Visitation and Tour Policy Statement and Medical Documentation Requirements

00 73 16 Project Insurance (OCIP) IUSC

B - SPECIFICATIONS GROUP DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 31 00 Project Administration IUSC

01 32 00 Project Planning and Scheduling IUSC

01 35 16 Alteration Project Procedures IUSC

01 35 23 Project Safety (OCIP) IUSC

01 35 25 Owner Safety Requirements IUSC 01 35 25 A Attachment “A” - Maintaining Indoor Air Quality During

Construction And Maintenance Activities Policy 01 45 00 Project Quality Control IUSC 01 57 23 Temporary Storm Water Pollution Control IUSC

01 57 25 Dust Control Plan IUSC

01 77 00 Project Closeout Procedures IUSC

01 78 39 Project Record Documents IUSC

01 78 46 Maintenance Materials IUSC

01 79 00 Demonstration and Training IUSC

01 89 23 Site HVAC Utilities Performance Requirements IUSC

01 91 00 General Commissioning Requirements IUSC

Page 3: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD ANDERSON Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIP Courtney Harper + Partners ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTION CH+P Project No. 20-016 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas TABLE OF CONTENTS MD Anderson Cancer Center 00 01 10 MS 20200429 2 OF 5

DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS REVISION

02 41 19 Selective Demolition DIVISION 03 CONCRETE REVISION

03 54 16 Cement Based Underlayment

DIVISION 04 MASONRY REVISION DIVISION 05 METALS REVISION

05 50 00 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES REVISION

06 10 00 Miscellaneous Carpentry

06 41 16 Plastic Laminate Clad Architectural Cabinets

06 61 13 Solid Surfacing Countertop Fabrications

DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION REVISION 07 21 00 Thermal Insulation 07 26 35 Moisture Vapor Emission Control System 07 84 13 Penetration Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants

DIVISION 08 OPENINGS REVISION 08 12 13 Hollow Metal Frames 08 14 16 Flush Wood Doors

08 71 11 Finish Hardware

DIVISION 09 FINISHES REVISION 09 05 65 Preinstallation Testing For Flooring

09 22 16 Non-Structural Metal Framing

09 29 00 Gypsum Drywall

09 51 13 Acoustical Panel Ceilings

09 65 13 Resilient Base and Accessories

09 65 18 Resilient Sheet Flooring

09 91 00 Painting

Page 4: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD ANDERSON Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIP Courtney Harper + Partners ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTION CH+P Project No. 20-016 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas TABLE OF CONTENTS MD Anderson Cancer Center 00 01 10 MS 20200429 3 OF 5

DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES REVISION

10 26 00 Wall and Corner Guards

10 28 13 Toilet and Bath Accessories

DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT REVISION DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS REVISION

DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT REVISION

DIVISION 14 CONVEYING EQUIPMENT REVISION

DIVISION 15 RESERVED REVISION

DIVISION 16 RESERVED REVISION

DIVISION 17 RESERVED REVISION

DIVISION 18 RESERVED REVISION

DIVISION 19 RESERVED REVISION

DIVISION 20 COMMON FIRE SUPPRESSION, PLUMBING AND HVAC REQUIREMENTS REVISION

20 01 00 Basic Fire Suppression, Plumbing and HVAC Requirements

20 05 13 Motors

20 05 29 Supports and Sleeves

20 05 48 Vibration Isolation

20 05 53 Piping and Equipment Identif ication

20 07 19 Piping Insulation

20 08 00 Fire Suppression, Plumbing and HVAC Systems Commissioning

20 08 13 Fire Suppression, Plumbing and HVAC Systems Prefunctional Checklists and Start-Ups

20 08 13 A Attachment "A" Example of Prefunctional Checklist

Page 5: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD ANDERSON Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIP Courtney Harper + Partners ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTION CH+P Project No. 20-016 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas TABLE OF CONTENTS MD Anderson Cancer Center 00 01 10 MS 20200429 4 OF 5

DIVISION 20 COMMON FIRE SUPPRESSION, PLUMBING AND HVAC REQUIREMENTS REVISION

20 08 13 B Attachment "B" Example of Prefunctional Checklist

20 08 13 C Attachment "C" Example of Prefunctional Checklist

20 08 16 Fire Suppression, Plumbing and HVAC Systems Functional Performance Tests

20 08 16 A Attachment "A" Example of Functional Performance Test

20 08 16 B Attachment "B" Example of Functional Performance Test

DIVISION 21 FIRE SUPPRESSION REVISION

21 10 13 Wet Standpipe and Sprinkler Systems

DIVISION 22 PLUMBING REVISION

22 10 00 Plumbing Piping

22 10 30 Plumbing Specialties

22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures

DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING REVISION

23 05 93 System Testing, Adjusting and Balancing

23 07 13 Ductwork Insulation

23 21 13 Hydronic Piping

23 21 30 Hydronic Specialties

23 31 00 Ductwork

23 33 00 Ductwork Accessories

23 34 23 HVAC Fans

23 36 00 Air Terminal Units

23 37 00 Air Outlets and Inlets

23 82 16 Duct Mounted Air Coils

DIVISION 25 INTEGRATED AUTOMATION REVISION

Page 6: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD ANDERSON Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIP Courtney Harper + Partners ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTION CH+P Project No. 20-016 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas TABLE OF CONTENTS MD Anderson Cancer Center 00 01 10 MS 20200429 5 OF 5

DIVISION 25 INTEGRATED AUTOMATION REVISION

25 00 10 Building Automation Systems (BAS) General – Retrof it

25 11 10 BAS Basic Materials, Interface Devices, and Sensors – Retrof it

25 14 10 BAS Field Panels – Retrof it

25 15 10 BAS Sof tware and Programming – Retrof it

DIVISION 26 ELECTRICAL REVISION

26 01 00 Basic Electrical Requirements

26 05 19 Cable, Wire and Connectors, 600 Volt

26 05 33 Raceways, Cable Trays, and Boxes

26 09 23 Lighting Control Devices

26 27 26 Wiring Devices

26 28 13 Fuses, 600 Volt

26 28 17 Motor and Circuit Disconnects

26 51 00 Lighting Fixtures

DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS REVISION

27 00 00 Communications

27 05 28 Pathways for Communications Systems

27 05 53 Identif ication for Low-Voltage Cables

27 15 00 Communications Horizontal Cabling

DIVISION 28 ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY REVISION

28 00 00 Electronic Safety and Security

28 10 00 Access Control and Intrusion Detection Systems

28 30 00 Fire Alarm and Smoke Detector Systems

END OF SECTION 00 01 10

Page 7: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 1 OF 23

SECTION 23 05 93 - SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Testing, adjusting, and balancing (TAB) of the air conditioning systems and related ancillary equipment will be performed by a technically qualified TAB Firm hired directly by owner.

B. TAB Firm shall be capable of performing the TAB services as specified in accordance with the Contract Documents, including the preparation and submittal of a detailed report of the actual TAB Work performed.

C. TAB Firm shall check, adjust, and balance components of the air conditioning system which will result in optimal noise, temperature, and airflow conditions in the conditioned spaces of the building while the system equipment is operating economically and efficiently. This is intended to be accomplished after the system components are installed and operating as specified in the Contract Documents. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to place the equipment into service. Variable air volume systems shall be balanced in accordance with AABC Standard, Latest Edition or NEBB Standards for Testing, Adjusting, Balancing of Environmental Systems (Latest Edition).

D. TAB Firm shall check, adjust, and balance all hydronic systems including pumps, water distribution systems, chillers, cooling towers, boilers, heat exchangers, coils, and related equipment.

E. Liaison and Early Field Inspection:

1. TAB Firm shall act as a liaison between the Owner, Architect, Engineer, and Contractor. TAB Firm shall perform the following reviews (observations) and tests:

a. During construction, review all HVAC submittals such as control diagrams, air handling devices, etc., that pertain to the ability to satisfactorily balance systems.

b. Test at least one or at least 10 percent of the single and fan-powered terminal units if the number of units are greater then twenty (20), for casing and damper leakage when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site.

c. Test all lab configurations including fume hood with air valve, general exhaust air with air valve and supply air with air valve for performance capability through a full range of inlet pressures. The tracking capability of the exhaust air versus the supply air will be with the submitted hood sash fully open and as the sash is closed in 2 inch increments until fully closed. Track the valves’ response time in relation to sash movement and the lab differential.

Page 8: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 2 OF 23

2. During the balancing process, as the TAB Firm discovers abnormalities and malfunctions of equipment or components, the TAB Firm shall advise the Contractor in writing so that the condition can be corrected by the Contractor prior to finishing the TAB scope of Work. Data from malfunctioning equipment shall not be recorded in the final TAB report.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

B. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

C. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references:

1. AABC - National Standards for Testing and Balancing Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning Systems.

2. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau, Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, Balancing of Environmental Systems.

3. ASHRAE HVAC Applications Chapter 37: Testing, Adjusting and Balancing.

4. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 111: Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Buildings, Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems.

5. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute CODE ATC-105.

1.04 CONTRACTOR COORDINATION

A. As a part of this Contract, the Contractor and/or Mechanical Subcontractor shall make any changes in the sheaves, belts, dampers, valves, etc. required for correct balance as required by the TAB firm, at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. The Contractor shall ship terminal boxes to the TAB firm for leak testing in his shop prior to installation.

C. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall provide and coordinate services of qualified, responsible subcontractors, suppliers and personnel as required to correct, repair, and/or replace any and all deficient items or conditions found during the testing, adjusting and balancing period.

D. In order that all systems may be properly tested, balanced, and adjusted as required herein by these Sections, the Contractor shall start-up and check-out all systems at his expense for the length of time necessary to properly verify their completion and readiness for TAB. This length of time shall be acceptable to the Owner's Representative.

E. Contract completion schedules shall provide sufficient time to permit the completion of TAB services prior to commissioning and owner occupancy. Contractor shall develop the project schedules in close coordination with the TAB and commissioning agent. If HVAC functional testing will be performed as part of the commissioning process, TAB work must be completed prior to the start of functional testing. The contractor shall include adequate time for both TAB and functional testing prior to substantial completion.

Page 9: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 3 OF 23

F. The Drawings and Sections have indicated valves, dampers, and miscellaneous adjustment devices for the purpose of adjustment to obtain optimum operating conditions, and it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to install these devices in a manner that will leave them accessible and readily adjustable. Should any such device not be readily accessible, the Contractor shall provide access as requested by the TAB firm. Also, any malfunction encountered by TAB personnel and reported to the Contractor or the Inspector shall be corrected by the Contractor immediately so the balancing work can proceed.

G. Contractor must ensure that the necessary systems are scheduled to be in operations for TAB firm so that the access for balancing to diffusers, dampers etc., is not restricted. Contractor must schedule and coordinate activities so that TAB firm is not restricted from performing work, including access to damper operators and air devices.

H. The Contractor shall correct deficiencies in a timely manner and produce a signed copy of the deficiency lists to the Owner. At that time, the TAB firm will return and verify that the deficiencies are corrected.

I. Materials and Workmanship

1. The scope of the TAB work as defined herein is indicated in order that the Contractor and/or Mechanical Subcontractor will be apprised of the coordination, adjustment, and system modification which will be required under the project work to complete the Owner's requirements for final TAB.

2. The TAB firm will not have a contractual relationship with this Contractor but will be responsible to the Owner's Representative for the satisfactory execution of the TAB work. The Contractor shall allow sufficient funds in the project cost estimate and bid proposal to cover all work which may be required in the TAB phases as defined herein and as may be necessary for the completion of the TAB work as defined by the TAB firm.

J. Contractor Responsibilities

1. The Contractor shall have the building and air conditioning systems in complete operational readiness, including proper inspections, testing, and startup of equipment and controls as required in other specifications. Contractor shall perform all other items as described hereinafter to assist the TAB Firm in performing the balancing, testing, and adjusting of the air, hydronic and laboratory systems. He shall promptly correct deficiencies of material and workmanship identified as delaying completion of TAB work. The items shall include the following.

2. All equipment shall be started up in accordance with manufacturers recommendations and the requirements within each applicable specification.

3. Air Distribution Systems:

a. Verify installation for conformity to design. All supply, return and exhaust ducts terminated.

b. Verify all volume, splitter, extractor and fire dampers properly located and functional. Dampers shall provide tight closure and full opening, smooth and free operation.

c. Verify all supply, return, exhaust, transfer grilles, registers, diffusers, HEPA fan filter units and terminal units installed, leak tested and operational.

Page 10: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 4 OF 23

d. Verify air handling systems, units and associated apparatus, such as heating and cooling coils, filter sections, access doors, etc., shall be blanked and/or sealed to eliminate excessively by-pass or leakage of air.

e. Verify all fans (supply, return, relief and exhaust) operating and verified for freedom from vibration, proper fan rotation and belt tension; overload heater elements to be of proper size and rating; and clean filters installed.

f. Verify laboratory Control Systems (LCS) including fume hood (non-recirculating), lab exhaust and general exhaust valves and supply valves and exhaust fan makeup/bypass dampers are installed and operational.

4. Water Circulating Systems:

a. Check and verify pump alignment and rotation.

b. Verify water systems are cleaned by circulation and strainers are cleaned for normal operation.

c. Check each pump motor, amperage and voltage to ensure readings do not exceed nameplate rating.

d. Verify electrical overload heater elements to be of proper size and ratings.

e. Verify all water circulating systems are full and free of air; verify all vents installed at high points of systems.

f. Verify all controlling instruments are calibrated and set for design conditions.

K. Tabulated Data. The motor amperages, voltages and overload heater size of each piece of electrically driven equipment, including exhaust fans, shall be recorded showing "actual" and "nameplate" data and submit to the owner prior to balancing.

L. The Contractor and the suppliers of the equipment installed shall all cooperate with the TAB Firm to provide all necessary data on the design and proper application of the system components and shall furnish all labor and material required to eliminate any deficiencies or malperformance. Furnish a list of all motors with nameplate data and size of overload heater installed with motor amperage during operation.

M. During the balancing the temperature regulation shall be adjusted for proper relationship between controlling instruments and calibrated by the Control Manufacturer using data submitted by the TAB Firm. The correctness of the final setting shall be proved by taking hourly readings via the BAS or trend logger for a period of 7 successive 24-hour days, in a typical room on each separately controlled zone. A temperature trend report shall be provided to verify the total temperature variation shall not exceed 2 degrees from the preset medium temperature during the entire survey period. The report shall also verify correct night setback operation.

N. In fans systems, the air quantities shown on the plans may be varied as required to secure a maximum temperature variation of 2 degrees from setpoint within each separately controlled space, but the total air quantity indicated for each zone must be obtained. It shall be the obligation of the Contractor to furnish or revise fan drives, sheaves, belts, dampers, etc., and/or motors if necessary, without cost to the Owner, to attain the specified air volumes.

Page 11: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 5 OF 23

O. The Contractor shall assist the TAB Firm in performing (3) inspections throughout each phase defined in the construction doucments. Additionally, provide 3 inspections within 90 days after final phase and occupancy of the renovated space to ensure that satisfactory conditions are being maintained throughout and to satisfy any unusual condition.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. TAB Firm shall have operated a minimum of five (5) years under TAB Firm’s current name and shall be in good standing with the State of Texas, Franchise Tax Board. TAB Firm shall submit full incorporated name, Charter Number, and Taxpayer's I.D. Number for proper verification of TAB Firm's status.

B. TAB Firm’s personnel performing Work at the Project Site shall be either professional engineers or certified air and water balance technicians, who shall have been permanent, full time employees of the TAB Firm for a minimum of six (6) months prior to the start of Work for this Project.

C. TAB firm shall have a background record of at least five (5) years of specialized experience in the field of air and hydronic system balancing and shall possess properly calibrated instrumentation.

1.06 SUBMITTALS

A. The activities described in this Section shall culminate in a report to be provided electronically to the Contractor and owner. Neatly type and arrange data. Include with the data, the dates tested, personnel present, weather conditions, nameplate record of test instrument and list all measurements taken after all corrections are made to the system. Record all failures and corrective action taken to remedy incorrect situation. The intent of the report is to provide a reference of actual operating conditions for the Owner's operations personnel.

B. All measurements and recorded readings (of air, water, electricity, etc.) that appear in the report must have been made at the Project Site by the permanently employed technicians or engineers of the TAB Firm.

C. At the Owner’s option, all data sheets tabulated each day by TAB Firm personnel shall be submitted for review and sign-off by the Owner’s Construction Inspector. Those data sheets, as initialed by Owner’s Construction Inspector, shall be presented as a supplement to the final TAB report.

D. Submit reports on electronic forms approved by the Owner and Architect/Engineer which will include the following information as a minimum:

1. Title Page:

a. Company name.

b. Company address.

c. Company telephone number.

d. Project name.

e. Project location.

f. Project Manager.

Page 12: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 6 OF 23

g. Project Engineer.

h. Project Contractor.

i. Project identification number.

2. Instrument List:

a. Instrument.

b. Manufacturer.

c. Model.

d. Serial number.

e. Range.

f. Calibration date.

g. Test instrument purpose.

3. Fan Data (Supply and Exhaust):

a. Identification and location.

b. Manufacturer.

c. Model.

d. Air flow, specified and actual.

e. Total static pressure (total external), specified and actual.

f. Inlet pressure.

g. Discharge pressure.

h. Fan RPM.

4. Air Handler Return Air/Outside Air Data (If fans are used, provide fan data as noted above):

a. Identification and location.

b. Design return air flow.

c. Actual return air flow.

d. Design outside air flow.

e. Acutal outside air flow.

f. Return air temperature.

g. Outside air temperature.

Page 13: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 7 OF 23

h. Required mixed air temperature.

i. Actual mixed air temperature.

5. Electric Motors:

a. Manufacturer.

b. Horsepower/brake horsepower.

c. Phase, voltage, amperage, nameplate, actual.

d. RPM.

e. Service factor.

f. Starter size, heater elements, rating.

g. Variable speed drive settings (as applicable).

6. V-Belt Drive:

a. Identification and location.

b. Required driven RPM.

c. Driven pulley, diameter and RPM.

d. Belt, size and quantity.

e. Motor sheave, diameter and RPM.

f. Center-to-center distance, maximum, minimum and actual.

7. Duct Traverse:

a. System zone/branch.

b. Duct size.

c. Area.

d. Design velocity.

e. Design air flow.

f. Test velocity.

g. Test air flow.

h. Duct static pressure.

i. Air temperature.

j. Air correction factor.

8. Air Monitoring Station Data:

Page 14: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 8 OF 23

a. Identification and location.

b. System.

c. Size.

d. Area.

e. Design velocity.

f. Design air flow.

g. Test velocity.

h. Test air flow.

9. Variable or Constant Volume Terminal Unit Test Sheet:

a. Identification number.

b. Room number/location.

c. Terminal type (FP if fan powered) and / or (SDVV, SDCV, DDVV, DDCV), and (HWRH or ERH if reheat coil is used).

d. Terminal size.

e. Area factor.

f. Design velocity.

g. Design maximum and minimum air flow.

h. Test (final) velocity.

i. Test (final) maximum and minimum air flow.

j. For DDC instrumentation: Measure and record computer readout and calibration factor at the final measurement conditions. Record any additional settings that are not default to assist operations personnel with future troubleshooting.

k. Air dry bulb temperature at the discharge of the terminal unit.

10. Pump Data:

a. Identification and location.

b. Manufacturer.

c. Size/model.

d. Impeller size.

e. Service (CTW, CHW, CDW, HW, etc.).

f. Developed head pressure and BHP at design flow rate.

Page 15: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 9 OF 23

g. Developed head pressure and BHP at actual flow rate.

h. Pump discharge pressure.

i. Pump suction pressure.

j. Total operating head pressure at final balance.

k. Shut off, discharge and suction pressure.

l. Shut off, total head pressure.

m. Pressure differential settings.

n. Fluid temperature.

11. Cooling Coil Data:

a. Identification number.

b. Location.

c. Service.

d. Manufacturer.

e. Entering air DB temperature, design and actual.

f. Entering air WB temperature, design and actual.

g. Leaving air DB temperature, design and actual.

h. Leaving air WB temperature, design and actual.

i. Water pressure flow, design and actual.

j. Water pressure drop, design and actual.

k. Pressure independent control valve water pressure drop, design and actual.

l. Entering water temperature, design and actual.

m. Leaving water temperature, design and actual.

n. Air quantity CFM design, and CFM actual.

o. Air pressure drop, design and actual.

p. Sensible Btu/hr design, and actual.

q. Total Btu/hr design, and actual.

12. Heating Coil Data:

a. Identification number.

b. Location.

Page 16: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 10 OF 23

c. Service.

d. Manufacturer.

e. Air flow, design and actual.

f. Water flow (gpm) or Steam mass flow rate (lbs per hour) design and actual.

g. Pressure drop water (feet w.g.) or steam (psid), design and actual.

h. Pressure independent control valve water pressure drop, design and actual.

i. Entering water or steam temperature, design and actual.

j. Leaving water or steam temperature, design and actual.

k. Entering air temperature, design and actual.

l. Leaving air temperature, design and actual.

m. Air pressure drop, design and actual.

n. Sensible Btu/hr design, and actual.

o. Electric heat kW, number of stages, kW per stage – specified and actual (if applicable).

13. Heat Exchanger Data:

a. Identification and location.

b. Service.

c. Manufacturer.

d. Steam flow rate, design and actual.

e. Water flow rate, design and actual.

f. Water pressure drop, design and actual.

g. Pressure independent control valve water pressure drop, design and actual.

h. Entering steam temperature and pressure, design and actual.

i. Entering water temperature, design and actual.

j. Leaving water temperature, design and actual.

k. Electric heat, full load kW, number of stages, kW per stage – specified and actual (if applicable).

14. Chiller:

a. Identification and location.

b. Manufacturer and model number.

Page 17: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 11 OF 23

c. Condenser cooling medium (water or air cooled).

d. Number of compressor types and number of stages.

e. Chilled water entering and leaving temperature - specified and actual - one hour log.

f. Condenser water entering and leaving temperature - specified and actual - one hour log.

g. Evaporator section and condenser section water side pressure drop - specified and actual.

h. Air cooled condenser entering and leaving dry bulb temperatures.

i. Compressors full load amperage - specified and actual.

j. Voltage, phase, and cycle - specified and actual.

k. Ambient temperature, DB/WB, time of day, and weather conditions at time of test.

l. Cooler tons, condenser tons, and measured operating kW / ton compared to factory certified performance test data.

15. Cooling Tower:

a. Identification and location.

b. Manufacturer.

c. Model number.

d. Size and serial number.

e. Motor horsepower and RPM.

f. Voltage, phase, hertz.

g. Full load amps.

h. Running amps.

i. Cooling tower water flow rate, supply and return to the tower.

j. Cooling water flow rate through the bypass piping.

k. Air entering and leaving wet bulb temperatures.

l. Record airflow velocities and rates at the tower air inlets.

m. Specified and actual tons capacity at design conditions.

16. Hot Water Boiler or Steam Boiler:

a. Identification and location.

b. Unit manufacturer and model number.

Page 18: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 12 OF 23

c. Heating water flow gpm - specified and actual (if applicable).

d. Steam capacity lbs per hour - specified and actual (if applicable).

e. Steam temperature and pressure - specified and actual.

f. MBtuh Input / output - specified and actual.

g. Gas / Fuel oil burner CFH / gpm.

h. Gas / Fuel oil inlet pressure, in water / psig.

i. Blower motor horsepower and FLA .

j. Fire rate - gas, therm. / oil, btu per lbm.

k. High fire set point(s).

l. Low fire set point(s).

m. NOx measurement (based on capacity of boiler per the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality).

17. Enthalpy Wheels

a. Identification and location.

b. Unit manufacturer and model.

c. Speed (RPM).

d. Entering air temperature (DB and WB).

e. Leaving air temperature (DB and WB).

18. Humidifiers

a. Identification and location.

b. Manufacturer and model.

c. Steam load (lbs/hr).

d. Power consumption (Watts).

e. Entering air temperature (DB and WB).

f. Leaving air temperature (DB and WB).

19. Sound Level Report:

a. Location (Location established by the Engineer).

b. Baseline background NC curve for eight (8) bands – with equipment off.

c. Operating NC curve for eight (8) bands – with equipment on.

Page 19: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 13 OF 23

20. Vibration Test on equipment having 10 horsepower motors or greater:

a. Location of test points:

1) Fan and pump bearing, drive end and opposite end.

2) Motor bearing, center (if applicable), drive end, and opposite end.

3) Casing (bottom or top and side).

4) Duct and pipe before flexible connection (discharge outlet) and after flexible connection (suction inlet).

b. Test readings:

1) Horizontal, velocity and displacement.

2) Vertical, velocity and displacement.

3) Axial, velocity and displacement.

c. Normally acceptable readings, velocity and acceleration.

d. Unusual conditions at time of test.

e. Vibration source (if non-complying).

21. Control verification indicating date performed and any abnormalities identified:

a. Point Location/Description.

b. EMS Readout (Setpoint and Actual).

c. Actual Readout.

d. Interlocks.

e. Safeties:

1) VFD Normal Operation.

2) VFD Bypass Operation.

f. Alarms.

g. Sequences of Operation.

22. Include in the appendix all approved submittals for air handling units, pumps, fans, heat exchangers, energy recovery units control system, air terminal units, etc.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not used.

Page 20: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 14 OF 23

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 AIR BALANCE

A. When systems are installed and ready for operation, the TAB Firm shall perform an air balance for all air systems and record the results. The outside, supply, exhaust and return air volume for each air handling unit, supply fan and exhaust fan and the supply, exhaust or return air volume for each distribution device shall be adjusted to within +/- 5 percent of the value shown on the Drawings. Air handling unit and fan volumes shall be adjusted by changing fan speed and adjusting volume dampers associated with the unit. Air distribution device volume shall be adjusted using the spin-in tap damper for flexible duct connected devices and the device opposed blade damper (OBD) for duct connected devices. Air distribution devices shall be balanced with air patterns as specified. Duct volume dampers shall be adjusted to provide air volume to branch ducts where such dampers are shown.

B. The general scope of balancing by the TAB Firm shall include, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Filters: Check air filters and filter media and balance only systems with clean filters and filter media. The Contractor shall install new filters and filter media prior to the final air balance.

2. Blower Speed: Measure RPM at each fan or blower. Where a speed adjustment is required, the Contractor shall make any required changes.

3. Ampere Readings: Measure and record full load amperes for motors.

4. Static Pressure: Static pressure gains or losses shall be measured across each supply fan, cooling coil, heating coil, return air fan, air handling unit filter and exhaust fan. These readings shall be measured and recorded for this report at the furthest air device or terminal unit from the air handler supplying that device. Static pressure readings shall also be provided for systems, which do not perform as designed.

5. Equipment Air Flow: Adjust and record exhaust, return, outside and supply air CFM(s) and temperatures, as applicable, at each fan, blower and coil.

6. Coil Temperatures: Set controls for full cooling and for full heating loads. Read and record entering and leaving dry bulb and wet bulb temperatures (cooling only) at each cooling coil, heating coil and reheat coil at each VAV terminal unit. At the time of reading record water flow and entering and leaving water temperatures.

7. Zone Air Flow: Adjust each HVAC VAV terminal unit and VAV air handling unit for design CFM.

8. Outlet Air Flow: Adjust each exhaust inlet and supply diffuser, register and grille to within + 5 percent of design air CFM. Include all terminal points of air supply and all points of exhaust. Note: For Labs and rooms that are negative exhaust air flow shall be set to design + 10 percent and supply to design - 5 percent. Positive areas will have opposite tolerances.

9. Pitot Tube Traverses: For use in future troubleshooting by Owner, all exhaust ducts, main supply ducts and return ducts shall have air velocity and volume measured and recorded by the traverse method. Locations of these traverse test stations shall be described on the sheet containing the data.

Page 21: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 15 OF 23

10. Maximum and minimum air flow on terminal units.

11. TAB shall provide a record of the variable volume system operating conditions at maximum and minimum design airflow including diversity and static pressure setpoints.

12. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes.

13. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.

14. For variable-air-volume systems, develop a plan to simulate diversity.

15. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements.

16. Check airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.

17. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.

18. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.

19. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.

20. Check for airflow blockages.

21. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.

22. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components.

23. Check for proper sealing of air duct system.

24. Perform TAB work to determine the proper relative air pressurization to outside on a per floor basis in order to prevent infiltration. Provide documentation of airflow setpoints and relative pressures.

C. Procedures for Constant-Volume Air Systems

1. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer.

2. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows:

a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.

b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection.

c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions.

d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan.

Page 22: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 16 OF 23

e. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment.

f. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters.

g. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps, heat recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions.

h. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions.

3. Obtain approval from Engineer for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes.

4. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full cooling, full heating, economizer, and any other operating modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower.

5. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances.

6. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.

7. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone.

8. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances.

9. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments:

10. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors.

11. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals:

a. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents and Specifications.

b. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.

D. Procedures for Variable Air Volume Systems

Page 23: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 17 OF 23

1. Compensating for Diversity: When the total airflow of all terminal units is more than the indicated airflow of the fan, place a selected number of terminal units at a maximum set-point airflow condition until the total airflow of the terminal units equals the indicated airflow of the fan. Select the reduced airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts.

2. Pressure-Independent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows:

a. Set outside-air dampers at minimum, and return- and exhaust-air dampers at a position that simulates full-cooling load.

b. Select the terminal unit that is most critical to the supply-fan airflow and static pressure. Measure static pressure. Adjust system static pressure so the entering static pressure for the critical terminal unit is not less than the sum of terminal-unit manufacturer's recommended minimum inlet static pressure plus the static pressure needed to overcome terminal-unit discharge system losses.

c. Measure total system airflow. Adjust to within indicated airflow.

d. Set terminal units at maximum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed maximum airflow. Use terminal-unit manufacturer's written instructions to make this adjustment. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units as described for constant-volume air systems.

e. Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow as described for constant-volume air systems.

1) If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave outlets balanced for maximum airflow.

f. Remeasure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outside airflow. Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets as described for constant-volume air systems.

g. Measure static pressure at the most critical terminal unit and adjust the static-pressure controller at the main supply-air sensing station to ensure that adequate static pressure is maintained at the most critical unit.

h. Record the final fan performance data.

3. Pressure-Dependent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems without Diversity: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows:

a. Balance systems similar to constant-volume air systems.

b. Set terminal units and supply fan at full-airflow condition.

c. Adjust inlet dampers of each terminal unit to indicated airflow and verify operation of the static-pressure controller. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units as described for constant-volume air systems.

d. Readjust fan airflow for final maximum readings.

Page 24: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 18 OF 23

e. Measure operating static pressure at the sensor that controls the supply fan, if one is installed, and verify operation of the static-pressure controller.

f. Set supply fan at minimum airflow if minimum airflow is indicated. Measure static pressure to verify that it is being maintained by the controller.

g. Set terminal units at minimum airflow and adjust controller or regulator to deliver the designed minimum airflow. Check air outlets for a proportional reduction in airflow as described for constant-volume air systems:

h. If air outlets are out of balance at minimum airflow, report the condition but leave the outlets balanced for maximum airflow.

i. Measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outside airflow. Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets as described for constant-volume air systems.

4. Pressure-Dependent, Variable-Air-Volume Systems with Diversity: After the fan systems have been adjusted, adjust the variable-air-volume systems as follows:

a. Set system at maximum indicated airflow by setting the required number of terminal units at minimum airflow. Select the reduced airflow terminal units so they are distributed evenly among the branch ducts.

b. Adjust supply fan to maximum indicated airflow with the variable-airflow controller set at maximum airflow.

c. Set terminal units at full-airflow condition.

d. Adjust terminal units starting at the supply-fan end of the system and continuing progressively to the end of the system. Adjust inlet dampers of each terminal unit to indicated airflow. When total airflow is correct, balance the air outlets downstream from terminal units as described for constant-volume air systems.

e. Adjust terminal units for minimum airflow.

f. Measure static pressure at the sensor.

g. Measure the return airflow to the fan while operating at maximum return airflow and minimum outside airflow. Adjust the fan and balance the return-air ducts and inlets as described for constant-volume air systems.

3.02 HYDRONIC SYSTEM BALANCE

A. When systems are installed and ready for operation, the TAB Firm shall perform water balance for each chilled and heating hot water system.

B. The general scope of balancing by the TAB Firm shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

Page 25: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 19 OF 23

1. Adjusted System Tests: Adjust pressure independent control valves at each coil and heat exchanger for design flow, +/- 5 percent, in accordance with valve manufacturer’s published commissioning procedure. Pressure independent valve manufacturer will provide service tool and/or service software for use in this commissioning process, and provide training in its use. Adjust balancing valves at pumps to obtain design water flow. Record pressure rise across pumps and GPM flow from pump curve. Permanently mark the balanced position for each valve. (Note: If discharge valves on the pumps are used for balancing record the head being restricted by the valves).

2. Temperature Readings: Read and record entering and leaving water temperature at each water coil, converter and heat exchanger. Adjust as necessary to design conditions. Provide final readings at all thermometer well locations.

3. Test cooling towers in accordance with CTI Code ATC – 105.

4. Pressure Readings: Water pressure shall be recorded at all gauge connections. Pressure readings at coils and pumps shall be related to coil and pump curves in terms of GPM flow through flow measuring status, if provided and installed, at each air handler. The flow of water through all water coils shall be adjusted by manipulating pressure independent control valves, in accordance with valve manufacturer’s published commissioning procedures until the rated pressure drops across each coil is obtained and total water flow is verified by flow measuring status. Verify required pressure drop across each pressure independent control valve. For coils equipped with 3-way valves, the rated pressure drop shall first be adjusted through the coils. The bypass valve shall then be adjusted on each coil until an equal pressure drop between supply and return connections is the same as with the flow through the coil.

5. Ampere Readings: Reading and record full load amperes for each pump motor.

C. Prepare test reports with pertinent design data and number in sequence starting at pump to end of system. Check the sum of branch-circuit flows against approved pump flow rate. Correct variations that exceed plus or minus 5 percent.

D. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" piping layouts.

E. Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in addition to the general preparation procedures specified above:

1. Open all manual valves for maximum flow.

2. Check expansion tank liquid level.

3. Check makeup-water-station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest vent.

4. Check flow-control valves for specified sequence of operation and set at indicated flow.

5. Set differential-pressure control valves at the specified differential pressure. Do not set at fully closed position when pump is positive-displacement type unless several terminal valves are kept open.

6. Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers.

7. Check pump-motor load. If motor is overloaded, throttle main flow-balancing device so motor nameplate rating is not exceeded.

Page 26: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 20 OF 23

8. Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually operated.

F. Procedures for Hydronic Systems

1. Measure water flow at pumps. Use the following procedures, except for positive-displacement pumps:

a. Verify impeller size by operating the pump with the discharge valve closed. Read pressure differential across the pump. Convert pressure to head and correct for differences in gage heights. Note the point on manufacturer's pump curve at zero flow and verify that the pump has the intended impeller size.

b. Check system resistance. With all valves open, read pressure differential across the pump and mark pump manufacturer's head-capacity curve. Adjust pump discharge valve until indicated water flow is achieved.

c. Verify pump-motor brake horsepower. Calculate the intended brake horsepower for the system based on pump manufacturer's performance data. Compare calculated brake horsepower with nameplate data on the pump motor. Report conditions where actual amperage exceeds motor nameplate amperage.

d. Report flow rates that are not within plus or minus 5 percent of design.

2. Set calibrated balancing valves, if installed, at calculated presetting.

3. Measure flow at all stations and adjust, where necessary, to obtain first balance.

a. System components that have CV rating or an accurately cataloged flow-pressure-drop relationship may be used as a flow-indicating device.

4. Measure flow at main balancing station and set main balancing device to achieve flow that is 5 percent greater than indicated flow.

5. Adjust balancing stations to within specified tolerances of indicated flow rate as follows:

a. Determine the balancing station with the highest percentage over indicated flow.

b. Adjust each station in turn, beginning with the station with the highest percentage over indicated flow and proceeding to the station with the lowest percentage over indicated flow.

c. Record settings and mark balancing devices.

6. Measure pump flow rate and make final measurements of pump amperage, voltage, rpm, pump heads, and systems' pressures and temperatures including outdoor-air temperature.

7. Measure the differential pressure control valve settings existing at the conclusions of balancing.

G. Procedures for Variable Flow Hydronic Systems

1. Balance systems with automatic two- and three-way control valves by setting systems at maximum flow through heat-exchange terminals and proceed as specified above for hydronic systems.

Page 27: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 21 OF 23

2. After the system has been balanced, measure the differential pressure at the differential pressure sensor. This differential pressure will be the setpoint for the system that will allow the pumps to modulate their speed.

3.03 MOTORS

A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the data listed in section 1 of this specification.

B. Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass for the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations, including controller manufacturer, model and serial numbers, and nameplate data.

3.04 CHILLERS

A. Balance water flow through each evaporator and condenser to within specified tolerances of indicated flow with all pumps operating. With only one chiller operating in a multiple chiller installation, do not exceed the flow for the maximum tube velocity recommended by the chiller manufacturer. Measure and record the data indicated in section 1 with each chiller operating at design conditions.

3.05 CONDENSING UNITS

A. Verify proper rotation of fans. Measure data as indicated in section 1.

3.06 BOILERS

A. Measure data as indicated in section 1.

3.07 HEAT TRANSFER COILS

A. Measure data as indicated in section 1.

3.08 SOUND VIBRATION AND ALIGNMENT

A. Sound: Read and record sound levels at up to fifteen (15) locations per floor in the building as designated by the Architect/Engineer. All measurements shall be made using an Octave Band Analyzer. All tests shall be conducted when the building is quiet and in the presence of the Architect/Engineer, at the Architect/Engineer’s option.

B. Vibration: Read and record vibration for all water circulating pumps, air handling units, and fans which have motors larger than 10 horsepower. Include equipment vibration, bearing housing vibration, foundation vibration, building structure vibration, and other tests as directed by the Architect/Engineer. Readings will be made using portable IRD (or approved equal) equipment capable of filtering out various unwanted frequencies and standard reporting forms. Maximum vibration at any point listed above, or specified, shall not exceed one mil on fans and one mil on pumps unless otherwise specified. Equipment manufacturer shall rectify all systems exceeding vibration tolerances.

3.09 BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEMS

A. In the process of performing the TAB Work, the Contractor shall:

Page 28: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 22 OF 23

1. Work with the Building Automation System (BAS) Provider and Owner to ensure the most effective total system operation within the design limitations, and to obtain mutual understanding of intended control performance.

2. Verify that all control devices are properly connected.

3. Verify that the intended controllers operate all dampers, valves and other controlled devices.

4. Verify that all dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller; open, closed, or modulating.

5. Verify the integrity of valves and dampers in terms of tightness of close-off and full-open positions. This includes all duct-mounted dampers, dampers in terminal units, and fire/smoke dampers.

6. Observe that all valves are properly installed in the piping system in relation to direction of flow and location. Observe that all pressure independent control valves are properly installed in accordance with manufacturer’s published installation instructions.

7. Observe the calibration and operation of all controllers.

8. Verify the proper application of all normally opened and normally closed valves.

9. Observe the locations of all thermostats and humidistats for potential erratic operation from outside influences such as sunlight, drafts, or cold walls.

10. Observe the locations of all sensors to determine whether their position will allow them to sense only the intended temperatures or pressures of the media. BAS Provider will relocate sensors as deemed necessary by the TAB Firm or Contractor.

11. Verify that the sequence of operation for any control mode is in accordance with approved Shop Drawings and Specifications. Verify that no demand for simultaneous heating and cooling occurs at the terminal units.

12. Verify that all controller setpoints meet the Contract Documents.

13. Check all dampers for free travel.

14. Verify the operation of all interlock systems.

15. Perform variable volume system verification to assure the system and system components track with changes from full flow to minimum flow.

3.10 STAIRWELL PRESSURIZATION SYSTEMS

A. With all doors closed, measure the door pull to determine that the opening force required is less than or no greater than 30 pound-force.

B. With all doors closed, measure the pressure differential across each door to verify the pressure differentials at each floor. Pressure differential shall not exceed 0.15 inches w.g. and shall be greater than 0.05 inches w.g.

C. Measure the airflow in the stairwell with the maximum number of doors fully open by pitot tube traverse, if traverse locations are available. If traverse locations are not available, TAB Firm shall measure air flow at each outlet.

Page 29: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas SYSTEM TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVACMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 05 93MS20190301 23 OF 23

D. Observe with a smoke testing solution that the smoke detector in the stair pressurization fan inlet shuts down the fan. Activation of the detector utilizing the testing solution shall be performed by the contractor.

3.11 TOLERANCES

A. Set HVAC system airflow and water flow rates within the following tolerances:

1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10 percent.

2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent.

3. Heating-Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 10 percent.

4. Cooling-Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 5 percent.

END OF SECTION 23 05 93

Page 30: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK INSULATIONMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 07 13MS20190301 1 OF 9

SECTION 23 07 13 - DUCTWORK INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. SUMMARY

C. Perform all Work required to provide and install ductwork insulation and jackets indicated by the Contract Documents with supplementary items necessary for proper installation.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

B. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

C. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references:

1. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.

2. ASTM C168 - Terminology Relating to Thermal Insulation Materials.

3. ASTM C518 - Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus.

4. ASTM C553 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications.

5. ASTM C612 - Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation.

6. ASTM C1071 - Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal and Sound Absorbing Material).

7. ASTM C1104 - Standard Test Method for Determining the Water Vapor Sorption of Unfaced Mineral Fiber Insulation.

8. ASTM C1290 - Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Blanket Insulation Used to Externally Insulate HVAC Ducts.

9. ASTM C1136 - Standard Specification for Flexible, Low Permeance Vapor Retarders for Thermal Insulation.

10. ASTM C1338 - Standard Test Method for Determining Fungi Resistance of Insulation Materials and Facings.

11. ASTM E84 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

Page 31: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK INSULATIONMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 07 13MS20190301 2 OF 9

12. ASTM E96 - Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.

13. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.

14. ASTM G21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi.

15. NFPA 255 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

16. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.

17. UL 181 - Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors.

18. UL 723 - Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

19. ASTM E2336 - Standard for Grease Ducts.

20. ASTM D5590 - - Standard Test Method for Determining the Resistance of Paint Films and Related Coatings to Fungal Defacement by Accelerated Four-Week Agar Plate Assay

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All ductwork requiring insulation shall be insulated as specified herein and as required for a complete system. In each case, the insulation shall be equivalent to that specified and materials applied and finished as described in these Specifications.

B. All insulation, jacket, adhesives, mastics, sealers, etc., utilized in the fabrication of these systems shall meet NFPA for fire resistant ratings (maximum of 25 flame spread and 50 smoke developed ratings) and shall be approved by the insulation manufacturer for guaranteed performances when incorporated into their insulation system, unless a specific product is specified for a specific application and is stated as an exception to this requirement. Certificates to this effect shall be submitted along with Contractor’s submittal data for this Section of the Specifications. No material may be used that, when tested by the ASTM E84-89 test method, is found to melt, drip or delaminate to such a degree that the continuity of the flame front is destroyed, thereby resulting in an artificially low flame spread rating.

C. Application Company Qualifications: Company performing the Work of this Section must have minimum three (3) years experience specializing in the trade.

D. All insulation shall be applied by mechanics skilled in this particular Work and regularly engaged in such occupation.

E. All insulation shall be applied in strict accordance with these Specifications and with factory printed recommendations on items not herein mentioned. Unsightly, inadequate, or sloppy Work will not be acceptable.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

Page 32: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK INSULATIONMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 07 13MS20190301 3 OF 9

1. Provide product description, list of materials, “k” value, “R” value, mean temperature range, and thickness for each service and location.

B. Record Documents:

1. Submit under provisions of Division 01.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data:

1. Samples: When requested, submit three (3) samples of any representative size illustrating each insulation type.

2. Manufacturer’s Installation Instructions: Indicate procedures that ensure acceptable standards will be achieved. Submit certificates to this effect.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, protect, and handle products to the Project Site under provisions of Division 01 and Division 20.

B. Deliver materials to Site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer’s identification including product thermal ratings and thickness.

C. Store insulation in original wrapping and protect from weather and construction traffic. Protect insulation against dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage.

D. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesives, mastics and insulation cements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

2.02 MANUFACTURERS

A. CertainTeed Corporation.

B. Johns Manville Corporation.

C. Knauf Corporation.

D. Owens-Corning.

E. Armacell North America.

F. Unifrax 1 LLC. (FyreWrap)

G. 3M Fire Protection Products (Fire Barrier Duct Wrap 615+)

Page 33: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK INSULATIONMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 07 13MS20190301 4 OF 9

2.03 INSULATION MATERIALS

A. Type D1: Flexible glass fiber; ASTM C553 and ASTM C1290; commercial grade; 'k' value of 0.25 at 75 degrees F; 1.5 lb/cu ft minimum density; 0.002 inch foil scrim kraft facing for air ducts.

B. Type D2: Rigid glass fiber; ASTM C612, Class 1; 'k' value of 0.23 at 75 degrees F; 3.0 lb/cu ft minimum density; 0.002 inch foil scrim kraft facing for air ducts.

C. Type D3: Ductliner (to be used in return air sound boots and as noted on drawings), flexible glass fiber; ASTM C1071; Type II, ‘k’ value of 0.23 at 75 degrees F; 3.0 lb/cu ft minimum density; coating air side for maximum 4,000 feet per minute air velocity. The airstream surface must be protected with a durable acrylic surface coating specifically formulated to:

1. Be no more corrosive than sterile cotton when tested in accordance with the test method for corrosiveness in ASTM C665.

2. Absorb no more than 3 percent by weight when tested in accordance with the test method for moisture vapor sorption in ASTM C1104.

3. Not support the growth of fungus or bacteria, when tested in accordance with the test method for fungi resistance in ASTM C1071, ASTM C1338, ASTM G21, and ASTM G22.

4. Show no signs of warpage, cracking, delaminating, flaming, smoking, glowing, or any other visibly negative changes when tested in accordance with the test method for temperature resistance in ASTM C411.

5. Have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less when tested in accordance with the test method for surface burning in ASTM E 84.

6. Meet the sound absorption requirements when tested in accordance with the test method for sound absorption in ASTM C423.

7. Show no evidence of continued erosion, cracking, flaking, peeling, or delamination when tested in accordance with the test method for erosion resistance in UL181.

D. Type D4: Fire Rated Duct Insulation (High Temperature Flexible Blanket); 1-1/2-inch thick refractory grade fibrous fire barrier material with minimum service temperature design of 2,000 degrees F; aluminum foil laminated on both sides; with a minimum ‘k’ value of 0.25 and a minimum density of 6 lbs/cu ft; containing no asbestos. Listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) UL to meet ASTM E 2336, ASTM E119, and with flame spread/smoke minimum rating of 25 / 50 when tested as per ASTM E84/UL 723.

E. Type D5: Outdoor Duct Insulation (Closed Cell Flexible Elastomeric Insulation); Material that has a service temperature range from –60 degrees F to 180 degrees F. This outdoor duct insulation meets ASTM C 177 or C 518 and shall have minimum ‘k’ value of 0.25 Btu-in. / hr-ft2- degrees F at minimum density measurement of 3 lb/cu ft. The insulation and outside surface must be protected with a white Thermo Plastic Rubber Membrane formulated to:

1. Be resistant to UV, and ozone, acid rain, and physical elements produced from outdoor weather per ASTM E 96 Procedure A.

2. Have aflame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less when tested in accordance with the test method for surface burning in ASTM E 84.

Page 34: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK INSULATIONMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 07 13MS20190301 5 OF 9

3. Show no evidence of continued erosion, delaminating, cracking, flaking, or peeling when tested in accordance with the test method for erosion resistance in UL181. Be resistant to mold growth resistance, ASTM G 21/C 1338 resistant to fungi, and resistant to bacteria growth per ASTM G 22.

4. Shall have a 10 year warranty against UV light.

F. INSULATION ACCESSORIES

G. Weather Barrier: Breather Mastic:, Childers CP-10/CP-11 or Foster 46-50 White..

H. Jacket: Pre-sized glass cloth, minimum 7.8 oz/sq yd.

I. Impale Anchors: Galvanized steel, 12 gage self-adhesive pad.

J. Stainless Steel Banding: 3/4-inch wide, minimum 22 gage, 304 stainless.

K. Glass Fiber Insulation

L. Coating. Foster 30-80 or Childers CP-38 vapor barrier coating. Permeance shall be 0.05 perms or less as tested by ASTM E96, Proceedure A at 47 mils dft or 0.08 perms or less as tested by ASTM F1249. Coating must comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II and be QPL listed.

M. When higher humidity levels may be of concern, provide fungus/mold resistant coating: Foster 30-80 AF (anti fungal). Coating must meet ASTM D 5590 with 0 growth rating**

N. Adhesive. Fosters 85-60 or Childers CP-127 adhesive. Product must comply with ASTM C916 and ASTM E84 25/50 requirements.

O. Reinforcing Mesh. Fiberglass or polyester, 10 strands by 10 strands per square inch. Similar to Foster Mast A Fab or Childers Chil Glas #10.

P. Flexible Elastomeric.

1. Adhesive. Armaflex 520 BLV Low VOC Adhesive, Foster 85-75 or Childers CP-82.

Q. Outdoor Insulation

1. Foster 30-90 or Childers CP-35. White

2. Adhesive. Armaflex 520 or Low VOC Spray Adhesive.

3. Armatuff white seal seam tape with same cladding as insulation.

R. Crawlspace Ductwork Insulation

1. Coating. Childers Encacel X or Foster Monalar 60-90.

2. Adhesive. Same as for Glass Fiber Insulation.

S. Fire Rated Insulation Adhesives: Fire resistive to ASTM E84, Childers CP-82 or Foster 85-20.

Page 35: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK INSULATIONMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 07 13MS20190301 6 OF 9

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Verify that ductwork has been tested before applying insulation materials.

B. Verify that surfaces are clean, foreign material removed, and dry.

C. Maintain required ambient temperature during and after installation for a minimum period of 24 hours.

D. Where trapeze hangers are used, provide strip of non-compressible insulation between ductwork and hanger.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations.

C. Extend duct insulation without interruption through walls, floors, and similar penetrations, except where otherwise indicated.

D. Provide external insulation on all round ductwork connectors to ceiling diffusers and on top of diffusers as indicated in the Ductwork Insulation Application and Thickness Schedule and the Drawings. Secure diffuser insulation to the top of ceiling diffusers with UL181B-FX listed polypropylene duct tape Insulate the top of all supply and ducted return ceiling diffusers and uninsulated plenums on slot diffusers and linear bar grilles. Secure flexible ductwork to diffuser neck with reinforcing mesh and vapor barrier.

E. Flexible and Rigid fiberglass insulation (Types D1 and D2) application for exterior of duct:

1. Install without sag on underside of ductwork. Use 4-inch wide strips of adhesive on 8-inch centers and mechanical fasteners on 18 inch centers where necessary to prevent sagging. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. Seal insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. Adhesive applied pins are not allowed.

2. Insulate standing seams and stiffeners that protrude through the insulation with 1-1/2 inch thick, unfaced, flexible blanket insulation. Cover with reinforcing mesh and coat with vapor barrier finish coating.

3. On circumferential joints, the 2-inch flange on the facing shall be secured with 9/16 inch outward clinch steel staples on 2-inch centers, and taped with minimum 3-inch wide strip of glass fabric and finish coating.

4. Vapor seal all seams, joints, pin penetrations and other breaks with vapor barrier coating reinforced with reinforcing mesh.

F. Duct Liner (Type D3) application for interior of return air sound boots and where noted on drawings:

Page 36: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK INSULATIONMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 07 13MS20190301 7 OF 9

1. Secure insulation with 100 percent coverage of duct liner adhesive, pins and clips not more than 18 inches on center.

2. Secure bottom of duct insulation using alternate single and double clips. The first pin will secure the insulation and the second clip will be used to secure the cladding. Isolate the exterior clip from the cladding by using two 1/8 inch closed cell neoprene (Armaflex) washers on either side of the cladding. Predrill holes in cladding and avoid contact with pin during installation.

3. For round duct, secure insulation with 100 percent coverage of duct liner adhesive. Secure cladding with 3/4 inch, 0.020 inch stainless steel bands on 12-inch centers.

4. For joints and overlaps, fold cladding to form a double thickness hem 2 inches minimum. Seal with a non-shrink, non-hardening sealing compound.

5. Insulation (Type D4) application for exterior of grease (or other fire rated) ducts:

6. External duct wrap system requires two (2) 1.5-inch layers of lightweight, flexible wrap overlapped to provide an effective fire barrier. The barrier is installed in 24-inch or 48-inch wide sections. Insulation pins are welded in certain locations to maintain the fire barrier material up against the duct.

7. Duct doors to be installed so the door can be removed and re installed and meet code requirements.

8. Install duct wrap as tested per manufacturer’s instructions to assure the duct wrap is mechanically attached per the manufacturer’s spacing of bands or weld pins.

9. Vertical and horizontal members of the support hanger system shall be wrapped with one layer of the insulation. Vertical and horizontal portions shall be wrapped independent of one another. The horizontal hanger shall be removed from the vertical support rods and wrapped and then immediately replaced so that an adjacent horizontal support can be removed, wrapped, and reinstalled. The end of the threaded vertical rod shall extend 6-inch past the horizontal member at the beginning of the installation. The Contractor shall coordinate any special manufacturer’s hanger requirements for ductwork with fire rated insulation with sheetmetal contractor. If hanger rods and angles do not meet manufacture’s requirements for fire rating, insulate hanger supports per manufacturer’s installation instructions.

10. Penetrations: Where ducts penetrate fire rated walls, floors and roofs, the duct wrap shall be used in conjunction with a firestop system that is listed by a nationally recognized laboratory and rated for penetration of a rated wall or floor by the fire rated grease duct system used.

G. Insulation (Type D5) application for outdoor ducts:

1. Horizontal ductwork located outdoors shall be sloped at a minimum 2-degree angle to prevent the accumulation of water on top of the finished insulated duct. Support members that connect directly to the ductwork are to be insulated with this same material. Keep compression or sharp creases of outdoor insulation to a minimum by distributing the weight of the duct resting on horizontal duct support members.

Page 37: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK INSULATIONMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 07 13MS20190301 8 OF 9

2. Follow the insulation manufacturer’s installation instructions and procedures to assure the ductwork is properly insulated and that the insulation will meet the manufacturer’s warranty requirements.

H. All ductwork, accessories, and all plenums including metal and masonry construction, etc., shall be insulated as indicated on the Drawings, as specified herein and as required for a complete system. In each case, the insulation shall be equal to that specified and materials applied and finished as described in these Specifications.

I. Flexible ductwork connections to equipment shall not be insulated.

J. Where vapor barriers are required, the vapor barrier shall be on the outside. Extreme care shall be taken that the vapor barrier is unbroken. Joints, etc., shall all be sealed. Where insulation with a vapor barrier terminates, it shall be sealed off with the vapor barrier being continuous to the surface being insulated. Ends shall not be left raw.

K. Extreme care shall be taken in insulating high and medium pressure ductwork including all ductwork between the fan discharge and all mixing boxes to ensure the duct is not pierced with sheet metal screws or other fasteners. All high and medium pressure ducts in these Specifications are classified as high velocity ductwork.

L. Where canvas finish is specified use lagging adhesive/coating to prevent mildew in securing canvas. Do not use wheat paste. Use only anti fungal lagging adhesive that adheres to ASTM D 5590 with 0 growth rating. (Foster 30-36AF, Childers CP-137AF). In addition, cover all exterior canvas-covered insulation with a fire retardant weather barrier mastic.

M. All supply ductwork in the Project shall be insulated; all exhaust and fume hood exhaust ductwork shall not be insulated, unless used for energy recovery purposes or noted on drawings or these specifications.

N. Flexible round ducts shall be factory insulated.

3.03 INSPECTION

A. Visually inspect the completed insulation installation per manufacturers recommended materials, procedures and repair or replace any improperly sealed joints.

B. Where there is evidence of vapor barrier failure or “wet” insulation after installation, the damaged insulation shall be removed, duct surface shall be cleaned and dried and new insulation shall be installed.

Page 38: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK INSULATIONMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 07 13MS20190301 9 OF 9

3.04 DUCTWORK INSULATION APPLICATION AND THICKNESS SCHEDULE

Ductwork System ApplicationInsulation

TypeInsulation Thickness

Outside of Mechanical Rooms D1 2"Supply Air

(Hot, Cold, Combination) Inside of Mechanical Rooms D2 2"

Outside of Mechanical Rooms D1 1"

Return Air, Relief Air, and Exhaust Air Inside of

Mechanical Rooms and exposed

D2 1”

Outside of Mechanical Rooms D1 2"Outside Air (Treated and

Untreated) Inside of Mechanical Rooms D2 2”

Kitchen Grease Hood Exhaust Air All D4 3"

Duct mounted coils Inside of Mechanical Rooms D2 2”

Terminal Unit Heating Coils All D1 2”

Supply Air Diffusers Top of Diffuser D1 2"

Return Air Diffusers Top of Diffuser D1 1”

Supply Air Duct Outdoor Environment D5 2”

Return, Exhaust Air Duct Outdoor Environment D5 2"Return Air Sound Boots/Elbows All D3 1"

END OF SECTION 23 07 13

Page 39: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 1 OF 22

SECTION 23 21 13 – HYDRONIC PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Furnish and install all labor, materials, equipment, tools and services and perform all the operations required in connection with, or associated with, the construction of complete hydronic piping systems, including chilled and heating hot water piping, condenser water piping process chilled or hot water piping, condensate drain piping and generator cooling water piping systems as indicated on the Drawings.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

B. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

C. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references:

1. ANSI/ASME Sec 9 - Welding and Brazing Qualifications.

2. ASTM A53 – Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless.

3. ANSI/ASME B16.3 - Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 150 and 300.

4. ANSI/ASME B16.9 – Factory-Made Wrought Butt welding Fittings.

5. ANSI/ASME B16.23 – Cast Copper Alloy Solder Drainage Fitting – DWV.

6. ANSI/ASME B16.29 – Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings – DWV.

7. ANSI/ASME B31.9 - Building Services Piping.

8. ASME B36.1 – Standardization of dimensions of welded and seamless wrought steel pipe for high or low temperatures and pressures.

9. ANSI/AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code.

10. ASTM A53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated (Galvanized), Welded and Seamless, for Ordinary Uses.

11. ASTM A105 – Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Forgings for Pipe Applications.

Page 40: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 2 OF 22

12. ASTM A106 Grade B, Seamless or Electric Resistance Welded (ERW) piping.

13. ASTM A234 - Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures.

14. ASTM A312 – Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe.

15. ASTM A536 – Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings.

16. ASTM B88 – Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be clearly marked on the outside of the valve body.

B. All grooved joint couplings, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties of the same type shall be the products of a single manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be of the same manufacturer as the grooved components.

C. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to Chapter V, ASME/ANSI B31.9 and applicable state labor regulations.

D. Welders Certification: Furnish in accordance with AWS D10.12 and ASME B31.9.

E. Each threaded fitting shall be stamped as specified by ANSI B16.3.

F. Each welded fitting shall be stamped as specified by ANSI B31.9.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Submit product data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Clearly indicate make, model, type, size, and pressure rating for each device.

2. Submittal data for all fittings shall include a letter signed by an official of the manufacturing company certifying compliance with these Specifications.

B. Record Documents:

1. Grooved joint couplings and fittings shall be shown on drawings and product submittals and shall be specifically identified with the applicable Victaulic or Anvil style or series designation.

2. Include welder’s certification of compliance in accordance with Chapter V, ASME/ANSI B31.9.

C. Cleaning/Flushing Plan: This must be submitted and approved prior to any piping being installed. Plan, including all steps to be taken to ensure the piping installation will be cleaned properly prior to: service, circulation through equipment, or connection to another system. This shall include, but not be limited to:

1. A step by step explication of the process.

Page 41: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 3 OF 22

2. Drawing(s) indicating flow (gpm) values required to meet the minimum velocity in each pipe.

3. Drawing(s) indicating the phase(s) in which the system will be cleaned as required to ensure the minimum velocity will be maintained in each section of piping. It is expected that multiple phases will be required to achieve the minimum velocities in all of the piping safely.

4. Drawing(s) indicating locations of the required temporary connections, valves, strainers, and bypasses.

5. Cutsheet of the temporary pump to be used during flushing.

6. Water treatment and pipe cleaning chemicals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Wall, Floor and Ceiling Plates:

1. Provide chrome-plated brass floor and ceiling plates.

C. Threaded Fittings:

1. All threaded fittings shall be USA factory made, wrought carbon or alloy steel threaded fittings conforming to ASTM A234 or malleable iron threaded fittings conforming to ASME B16.3.

2. Acceptable manufacturers: Grinnell, Tube Turn, Weld Bend Hackney, Taylor Forge or Ladish Company.

D. Grooved Fittings:

1. All grooved joint couplings, fittings, valves, and specialties shall be the products of a single manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be of the same manufacturer as the grooved components. Fittings shall comply with ASTM A536; ASTM A234.

2. Acceptable Manufacturers: Victaulic Company of America, Anvil International.

3. Gaskets shall be verified as suitable for the intended system service, a minimum temperature of 250 degrees, fluid chemistry, and system pressure prior to installation. Gaskets shall be molded and produced by the coupling manufacturer.

E. Welded Fittings:

1. All welded fittings shall be USA factory made wrought carbon steel butt welding fittings conforming to ASTM Spec. A234 or ASME B16.9. Use standard weld elbow fittings for changes in direction or cut a standard elbow for odd angles. Do not use mitered joints.

2. Acceptable manufacturers: Grinnell, Tube Turn, Weld Burn Hackney, Taylor forge or Ladish Company.

Page 42: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 4 OF 22

F. Flanges:

1. All 150 lb. and 300 lb. ANSI flanges shall be weld neck and shall be domestically manufactured, forged carbon steel, conforming to ANSI B16.5 and ASTM A-191 Grade I or II or A-105 as made by Tube Turn, Hackney or Ladish Company. Slip on flanges shall not be used. Complete test reports may be required for any fitting selected at random.

2. Flanges shall have the manufacturer’s trademark permanently identified in accordance with MSS SP-25. Contractor shall submit data for firm certifying compliance with these Specifications.

3. Bolts used shall be carbon steel bolts with semi-finished hexagon nuts of American Standard Heavy dimensions. All-thread rods will not be an acceptable substitute for flange bolts. Bolts shall have a tensile strength of 60,000 psi and an elastic limit of 30,000 psi. Use anti-seize compound on all bolts above and below grade.

4. All flanges shall be gasketed. Place gasket between flanges of flanged joints. Gaskets shall be ring type between raised face flanges and shall be full face on flat face flanges. Gaskets shall be cut from maximum 1/8 inch thick, non-metallic, non-asbestos gasket material suitable for operating temperatures from -100 degrees F to +700 degrees F, Klingerseal C-4400, Manville Style 60 service sheet packing or accepted substitution. Gaskets must be compatible with flowing fluid, temperature, and pressure of system.

G. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions(for connecting to equipment where OEM connection provided is plastic):

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

a. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company.

b. IPEX Inc.

c. KBi.

d. NIBCO INC.

2. MSS SP-107, CPVC union. Include brass or copper end, Schedule 80 solvent-cement-joint end, rubber gasket, and threaded union.

H. Dielectric Fittings

1. Description: Combination fitting of copper-alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.

2. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.

3. Dielectric Unions:

a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1) Capitol Manufacturing Company.

2) Central Plastics Company.

Page 43: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 5 OF 22

3) Hart Industries International, Inc.

4) Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

5) Zurn Plumbing Products Group; AquaSpec Commercial Products Division.

b. Factory-fabricated union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180°F.

4. Dielectric Couplings:

a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1) Calpico, Inc.

2) Lochinvar Corporation.

b. Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225°F.

I. Branch Connections:

1. For pipe 2 inches and smaller, use threaded fittings for steel pipe.

2. For 2-1/2 inches through 20 inches welded piping: When branch size is the same as or one size smaller than header size, use a welded tee. Use a Weld-o-let when branch is two or more sizes smaller than the header. For threaded branch connections, use a Thread-o-let welded to header.

3. For piping 20 inches and larger. Provide welding tee for branch connections half the size of the main or larger. For branches smaller than half the size of the header size, use Weld-O-Let or Thread-O-Let fittings.

4. No Branch connection shall be made by burning a hole in the main.

J. Copper Fittings:

1. Mechanically formed, drilled and extruded tee-branch connections shall not be permitted.

2. Press Fittings

a. Acceptable manufacturers: Apolloxpress & Viega Propress.

b. ASTM B88 type L press fittings and joints shall be feature leak before press technology. The O-ring shall be constructed out of EPDM. The fittings shall be rated for working pressure of 200 psi and temperature range from 32°F to 250°F. Press fittings are not acceptable for underground installations.

2.02 PIPE

A. TECO Distribution Pipe:

1. Pipe 2-1/2 inches and smaller: Black steel ASTM A106, Grade B, Schedule 80. seamless,

a. Fittings: Screwed.

Page 44: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 6 OF 22

b. Joints: Screwed.

c. Unions: Forged steel, ASTM A105, screwed with stainless steel seats.

2. Pipe 3 inches and larger: Black steel ASTM A106, Grade B, Standard weight seamless,

a. Fittings: ASTM A234 Carbon steel welding type.

b. Joints: Butt welded.

c. Flange: ANSI B16.5 Class 150, forged carbon steel.

B. Building Chilled Water and Heating Water Piping – 150 psi System:

1. Steel:

a. Pipe 2 inches and smaller: Black steel [ASTM A53][ASTM A106], Grade A or B, seamless, Schedule 40.

1) Fittings: Screwed, malleable iron, Class 150.

2) Joints: Screwed.

3) Unions: Forged steel, ASTM A105, screwed with stainless steel seats.

b. Pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger: Black steel [ASTM A53][ASTM A106], Grade B, seamless:

1) 2-1/2 inches through 12 inches – Schedule 40.

2) 14 inches through 36 inches – 0.375 inch wall thickness.

3) Fittings:

a) ASTM A234 carbon steel welding type, long radius type elbows unless specified otherwise on the Drawings.

b) ASTM A536 ductile iron; A234 carbon steel; or factory fabricated A53; grooved end long radius type elbows unless specified otherwise on the Drawings.

4) Joints:

a) Butt welded.

b) Grooved mechanical couplings.

5) Flange: ANSI B16.5 Class 150, forged carbon steel.

2. Steel ERW Pipe (Not to be used on heating water systems):

a. 2 inches and smaller Black Steel ASTM A53 Gr. B – Schedule 402" and under ASTM A47, malleable iron, 150 lb.

1) Joints screwed

2) Unions: Forged steel, ASTM A105, screwed with stainless steel seats.

Page 45: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 7 OF 22

b. 2½ inches to 4 inches Black Steel ASTM A53 Grade B,

1) 2½ inches through 4 inches – Schedule 40.

c. Fittings: ASTM A234 Carbon steel welding type.

d. Joints: Butt welded.

e. Flange: ANSI B16.5 Class 150, forged carbon steel.

3. Copper:

a. Pipe 2 inches and smaller; Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L, hard drawn. All brass and bronze piping components shall have no more than 15 percent zinc content.

1) Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast bronze, or ASME B16.22 wrought copper and bronze.

2) Joints:

a) ASTM B 32, solder, Grade 95TA (lead free).

b) ASTM B88 Type L Press Fittings and Joints

b. Pipe over 2 inches: Copper Tubing: ASTM B88, Type K, hard drawn. All brass and bronze piping components shall have no more than 15 percent zinc content.

1) Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast bronze or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze.

2) Joints: AWS A5.8 BcuP silver braze (lead free).

C. Building Chilled Water and Heating Water Piping – 300 psi System:

1. Steel: Use seamless steel pipe, fittings, joints, and unions as specified for Building Chilled Water and Heating Water Piping – 150 psi System with the exception that fittings and flanges shall be class 300 rated.

2. Steel ERW: Use ERW steel pipe, fittings, joints, and unions as specified for Building Chilled Water – 150 psi System with the exception that fittings and flanges shall be class 300 rated. ERW pipe shall only be used on building chilled water piping smaller than 6 inches.

3. Copper:

a. Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type K, hard drawn.

1) Fittings: ASME B16.8, cast bronze, or ASME B16.22 wrought copper and bronze.

2) Joints:

a) AWS A5.8 BcuP silver braze (lead free).

3) Stainless Steel:

Page 46: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 8 OF 22

b. Pipe 2 inches and smaller; Stainless Steel Piping: ASTM A 312, Type 304/304L, Schedule 5S.

c. Fittings: Precision, cold drawn, austenitic stainless steel, with elastomer O-ring seals.

D. Generator Cooling Water Pipe:

1. Use seamless steel pipe, fittings, joints, and unions as specified for Building Chilled Water and Heating Water Piping – 150 psi System.

2. Stainless Steel:

a. Pipe 2 inches and smaller; Stainless Steel Piping: ASTM A 312, Type 304/304L, Schedule 5S.

1) Fittings: Precision, cold drawn, austenitic stainless steel, with elastomer O-ring seals.

E. Chiller Condenser Water Piping:

1. Steel: Use seamless steel pipe, fittings, joints, and unions as specified for Building Chilled Water and Heating Water Piping – 150 psi System

2. Steel ERW: Use ERW steel pipe, fittings, joints, and unions as specified for Building Chilled Water and Heating Water Piping – 150 psi System

3. Coat exterior condenser water pipe, valves, and fittings, with minimum 8 mil thick coal tar epoxy.

F. Equipment Drains, Cooling Coil Condensate Recovery, and Overflows:

1. Pipe: Galvanized steel ASTM A53, Schedule 40.

a. Fittings: Galvanized cast iron, ductile iron, steel, or ATM B16.3 malleable iron.

b. Joints: Screwed, or grooved mechanical couplings.

2. Tubing: Copper ASTM B88, Type L, hard drawn.

a. Fittings: ASME B16.23 cast brass, or ASME B16.29 solder wrought copper.

b. Joints: ASTM B32, solder, Grade 95TA or ASTM B88 Press Fittings and Joints.

2.03 GROOVED MECHANICAL COUPLINGS AND FITTINGS

A. Grooved mechanical couplings shall consist of two ductile iron housing segments conforming to ASTM A536, with pressure responsive elastomer gasket, and zinc electroplated carbon steel bolts and nuts.

1. Sizes 2-1/2 inches through 12 inches:

a. Rigid Type Couplings: Installed to provide rigidity and system support and hanging in accordance with ANSI B31.1 and 31.9. Victaulic Style 107 Quick-Vic™ or Anvil Fig. 7400, 7401, 7402.

Page 47: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 9 OF 22

b. Flexible Type Couplings: Use in locations where vibration attenuation and stress relief are required. Victaulic Style 177 Quick-Vic™ or Anvil Fig. 7001. Where Style 177 is not available in the pipe size required, use a Style 77 coupling.

c. Flange Adapters: Flat face, for direct connection to ANSI Class 125 or 150 flanged components. Victaulic Style 741 or Anvil Fig. 7012, 7084.

2. Sizes 14 inches through 24 inches:

a. Rigid Type Couplings: Installed to provide rigidity and system support and hanging in accordance with ANSI B31.1 and B31.9. Victaulic Style W07 or Anvil Fig. 7401, 7401-2.

b. Flexible Type Couplings: Installed to allow for linear and angular movement. Victaulic Style W77 or Anvil Fig. 7001, 7001-2.

c. Grooved couplings shall be installed to the required torque.

B. Grooved mechanical fittings shall be manufactured of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536; forged carbon steel conforming to ASTM A234.

2.04 VALVES

A. General

1. All valves used in 150 psi circulating systems shall be ANSI Class 150. All valves in 300 psi systems shall be Class 300 valves and shall be constructed of all ASTM B-61or B-584 composition. All gate, globe and angle valves shall be screw-over-bonnet design. Metal used in the stems of all bronze gate, globe and angle valves shall conform to ASTM B371 Alloy 694, ASTM B99 Alloy 651 or other corrosion resistant equivalents. Secure written approvals by Owner for the use of alternative materials.

2. The following manufacturers are acceptable: Milwaukee, NIBCO, Keystone, KITZ, Crane, Dezurik, Williams, Velan Vogt, Victaulic and Anvil.

3. All iron body valves shall have the pressure containing parts constructed of ASTM designated of A536 grade 65-45-12 ductile iron or A126 class B iron. Stem material shall meet ASTM A582 or A564 stainless steel, B16 Alloy 360, or ASTM 371 Alloy 876 silicon bronze or its approved equivalent model by listed manufacturers.

4. All cast steel body valves shall have the pressure containing parts constructed of ASTM designation A-216-GR-WCB carbon steel. Stems shall meet ASTM designation A-186-F6 chromium stainless steel. Seat ring shall be hard faced carbon steel or 13^ chromium A-182-F6 stainless. Handwheels shall be A47 grade 35018 malleable iron or ductile iron ASTM A536.

5. All forged steel body valves shall have the pressure containing parts constructed of ASTM 105, Grade 2 forged carbon steel. Seat and wedges shall meet ASTM-A-182-F6 chromium stainless steel. Seat rings shall be hard faced. Valves shall conform to ANSI B16-34 pressure-temperature rating.

6. All gate valves, globe valves, angle valves and shutoff valves shall have malleable iron hand wheels, except iron body valves 2-½ inches and larger which may have either malleable iron or ASTM A-126 Class B, gray iron hand wheels.

Page 48: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 10 OF 22

7. Packing for all valves shall be free of asbestos fibers and selected for the pressure-temperature service of the valve. It is incumbent upon the manufacturer to select the best quality, standard packing for the intended valve service.

8. Provide stem extensions on all insulated valves.

9. Valve chain operators shall be of cast iron or malleable iron and designed to provide positive grip on wheel. Provide chain guide to prevent chain from slipping or jumping on wheel. Employ rustproof chain complete with closing link of sufficient length to operate at a maximum of 6 feet-6 inches above floor level.

10. Provide valves suitable for connection to adjoining pipe as specified for pipe joints above. Use valves that are full size of pipe in which installed.

B. Gate Valves:

1. 150 Pound Class Valves:

a. Threaded pipe 2 inches and smaller: KITZ 42T, Milwaukee 1151, NIBCO T-134, or approved equivalent model by listed manufacturers, bronze body, union bonnet, rising stem, solid wedge disc, threaded.

b. Welded pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger: KITZ 72, Milwaukee F-2885A, NIBCO F-617-0, or approved equivalent model by listed manufacturers, iron body, flanged, OS&Y (Outside Screw and Yoke), rising stem, solid wedge.

2. 300 Pound Class Valves:

a. Threaded pipe 2 inches and smaller: KITZ 37, NIBCO T-174-A or accepted substitute, bronze body, union bonnet, rising stem, solid wedge with integral seats threaded.

b. Welded pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger: NIBCO F-667-0, Milwaukee F-2894A, or accepted substitute, iron body, OS&Y, rising stem, solid wedge, flanged.

3. Bolted bonnet with OS&Y (outside screw and yoke) and rising stem design, integral seats, with pressure temperature rating conforming to ANSI B16-34; KITZ 37, Milwaukee 1182, NIBCO T-174-A for 2 inches and smaller.

C. Globe Valves:

1. 150 Pound Class Valves:

a. Threaded pipe 2 inches and smaller: KITZ 09, Milwaukee 590T, NIBCO T235-Y, Anvil equivalent or Victaulic TA Series 787 Y-Pattern, 150-pound screwed, inside screw, rising stem, bronze body, union Bonnet.

b. Welded pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger: KITZ 76, Milwaukee F-2981A, NIBCO F-718-B, Anvil equivalent or Victaulic TA Series 788 or 789(grooved) Y-Pattern, Cast Iron with Brass Trim.

2. 300 Pound Class Valves:

a. Threaded pipe 2 inches and smaller: KITZ 17S Milwaukee 593A, NIBCO T276-AP, Class 300 screwed, inside screw rising stem, bronze body, union bonnet, stainless steel disc.

Page 49: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 11 OF 22

b. Welded pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger. Milwaukee F-2983-M, (import) , NIBCO F-768-B, Class 250 iron body, flanged, bolted bonnet, Brass Trim.

D. Soft Seated Butterfly Valves:

1. 200 Pound Soft Seated:

a. KITZ 6123, Milwaukee ML233-E, NIBCO LD-2000 (flanged),, Victaulic Vic®-300 MasterSeal™/ Victaulic AGS Vic®-300 (grooved), Anvil7700 Series, 8200 Series or approved equal.

b. Ductile Iron body with Aluminum Bronze Disc, 400 series stainless steel stem offset from the disk centerline to provide full 360 degree circumferential seating.

c. Temperature range from -50°F to +200°F.

d. Valves 6 inches and smaller shall have lockable hand lever operators; 8 inches and larger shall have gear operators.

e. All butterfly valves shall be suitable for bi-directional dead-end service without the need for a downstream flange.

E. High Performance Butterfly Valves:

1. 150 Pound Soft Seated Class Valves:

a. Milwaukee 6 inch and smaller HP1LCS4212, 8 inch and larger HP1LCS4213, NIBCO LCS-6822, carbon steel lug body valves. ANSI rated Class 150.

b. Valves to provide tight shutoff up to 285 psi.

c. Valves 6 inches and smaller shall have lockable hand lever operators; 8 inches and larger shall have gear operators

d. Provide 316 or UNS-S31803 stainless shaft, cast stainless steel disc, and soft seat.

e. Temperature range from -50°F to +200°F.

2. 300 Pound Class Valves: Milwaukee HP3LCS4213, NIBCO LCS-7822 300 lb. ANSI class raised face, lug body, carbon steel body, stainless steel pin and shaft and disc, soft seat,and gear operators.

F. Check Valves:

1. 150 Pound Class Valves:

a. Threaded pipe 2 inches and smaller. KITZ 29, Milwaukee 508, NIBCO T453-B, bronze body, Class 200, screwed connection, regrinding disc and seat with screw in cap.

b. Welded or Grooved pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger. Milwaukee 1800 series, NIBCO F910-B. Flanged style, or Victaulic Series 716 or 779 or Anvil7800 Series grooved style spring-loaded type. Rate for 150 psig working pressure; Cast or ductile Iron body, Bronze plates and 316 Stainless Steel springs.

Page 50: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 12 OF 22

2. 300 Pound Class Valves: Welded or Grooved pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger. Nibco F-960-B, APCO Series 600. ANSI class raised face flange with cast steel or cast iron body, bronze seat and disc, and stainless steel spring.

G. Plug Valves:

1. 150 Pound Class Valves:

a. Threaded pipe 2 inches and smaller: Dezurik 128 S 1 RS 26, Keystone 542, 150-pound screwed, eccentric plug valve, carbon steel or semi steel body, Buna-N faced plug, lever operated, nonlubricated, short pattern plug valve.

b. Welded pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger: Dezurik 128 F 1 RS 26, Homestead 583, or Victaulic Series 377 or Anvil equivalent. 150-pound flanged or grooved eccentric carbon steel or semi steel, Hycar or Buna-N faced plug, manually operated, nonlubricated, short pattern plug.

2. 300 Pound Class Valves:

a. Threaded pipe 2 inches and smaller: Tufline 066, Powerll 3058. 300 psi working pressure, cast carbon steel body and plug, threaded end valve, bolted bonnet, nonlubricated or lubricated with lubricant suitable for water -20 degrees F to 450 degrees F temperature, wrench operated.

b. Flanged piping 2-½ inches, cast carbon steel body and plug conforming to ASTM A216, Gr. WCB. Gear operated, bolted gland. Flanged per ANSI B16.5. Pipe sizes 4 inches through 12 inches. Nonlubricated or lubricated with lubricant suitable for water -20 degrees F to 450 degrees F temperature, 100 percent port.

H. Ball Valves:

1. Threaded pipe 2 inches and smaller: KITZ 68M with ISE Stem Extension and built in memory stop device, Milwaukee BA400-SXM for 3” Milwaukee BA100-SXM, NIBCO T 585-70-66-LL. For threaded pipe 2-1/2 inches to 3 inches: Crane 9303-S or approved equivalent model by listed manufacturers.

a. Threaded full port two-piece bronze body (ASTM-B584 Alloy 844, ASTM B61, or ASTM B62 (ASTM Approved Alloys” only).

b. Stainless steel ball and stem, blowout proof stem with stem extension made of non-thermal conducting material and having an adjustable memory stop after insulation is installed.

c. Ball valves shall be provided with SS lockable handles and locking devices or KITZ 68M Stem Extension and built in memory stop device.

2. Welded or grooved pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger: Milwaukee F20-CS-150-F-02 , NIBCO F-515-CS-66FS or accepted substitute for 150 pound Class; Milwaukee F20-CS-300-F-02 , NIBCO F-535-CS-66FS for 300 pound class, split steel body, full bore, blowout proof stem with, flanged connections, or Victaulic Series 726 with grooved connections or Anvil Series 7500.

Page 51: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 13 OF 22

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.

B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.

C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.

D. After completion, fill, clean, and treat systems.

3.02 PIPING STORAGE REQUIREMENT

A. All ERW and seamless piping shall be clearly identified and stored on separate construction pipe racks to prevent the intermixing of piping.

B. Shop fabricated piping spool and pup pieces of ERW and seamless pipe shall be clearly identified and separated in the lay down yard to prevent the intermixing of piping.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. All valve installations shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations.

C. Pipe Installation:

1. All the various piping systems shall be made up straight and true and run in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structural. Install piping to conserve building space. Coordinate location with other trades and do not interfere with use of space for other work.

2. Piping shall follow as closely as possible the routes shown on Drawings which take into consideration conditions to be met at the Site.

3. Should any unforeseen conditions arise, lines shall be changed or rerouted after proper approval has been obtained.

4. All piping shall be installed with due regard to expansion and contraction and so as to prevent excessive strain and stress in the piping, in connections, or in equipment to which the lines are connected.

5. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations.

6. Slope piping and arrange system to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers where applicable to maintain the bottom of pipe level. Slope condensate drain piping a minimum of 1/8 inch per foot in the direction of flow.

7. Branch tap connections are to be from the top to horizontal position of pipe run.

8. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to weld area.

Page 52: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 14 OF 22

9. Provide and install Pete’s plugs adjacent to thermo wells for electronic temperature sensors, to electronic pressure sensors and install Pete’s plugs adjacent where shown or noted on piping drawings or drawing details. The piping taps for the Pete’s plugs, permanently mounted pressure gauges, and instruments sensors shall be a minimum size of ½ inch schedule 40 pipe and be able to isolate them with a ½ inch stainless steel ball valve. Systems provided with pressure independent control valves shall be provided with a Pete’s plug downstream of the control valve, to facilitate verification of the valve manufacturer’s recommended water pressure drop across the pressure independent control valve.

10. Provide clearance for installation of insulation, and access to valves and fittings.

11. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.

12. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting.

13. All piping shall be clean when it is installed. Before installation it shall be checked to assure it is the correct material to be used on the piping system, upended, swabbed if necessary, and all rust or dirt from storage or from lying on the ground shall be removed.

14. Where leaks occur, the pipe shall be repaired and the tests repeated. No leaks shall be corrected by peening. Defective piping and joints shall be removed and replaced.

15. Procedure of Assembling Screw Pipe Fittings: All screw joints shall be made with taper threads, properly cut. Joints shall be made tight with Teflon tape or Teflon-based compound appropriate to the medium, material and temperature range of the system. Compound shall be applied to the pipe threads only and not to fittings. When threads are cut on pipes, the ends shall be carefully reamed to remove any burrs. Before installing pipe that has been cut and threaded, the lengths of pipe shall be upended and hammered to remove all shavings and foreign material.

16. Install strainers on inlet side of each control valve, pressure-reducing valve, solenoid valve, in-line pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in blowdown connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2.

D. Valve Installation:

1. Locate all valves such that the removal of their bonnets is possible. All flanged valves shown in horizontal lines with the valve stem in a horizontal position shall be positioned so the valve stem is inclined one bolt hole above the horizontal position.

2. Screw pattern valves placed in horizontal lines shall be installed with their valve stems include at an angle of a minimum of 30 degrees above the horizontal position.

3. Pressure independent control valves shall be installed in accordance with valve manufacturer’s published installation instructions, with regard to orientation, clearances, and lengths of straight pipe upstream and downstream of the valve.

4. All valves must be true and straight at the time the system is tested and inspected for final acceptance.

5. Valves shall be installed as nearly as possible to the locations indicated in the Drawings. Any change in valve location must be so indicated on the Record Drawings.

Page 53: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 15 OF 22

6. Provide line shut-off valves at locations required for proper operation, servicing and troubleshooting of the HVAC hydronic distribution systems and connected components. Locations shall include but not be limited to the following; at each piece of equipment, at each branch take-off from mains, at the base of each riser, where recommended by equipment manufacturers and at strategic locations to allow sectional isolation while limiting disruption of services to large portions of the system.

7. All valves must be of threaded or flanged type. No solder connected valves shall be used on this Project.

8. Equipment, valves, expansion joints, relief devices, strainers, etc., must be removed or isolated during the test if the pressure/force ratings of the devices are not as high as that specified for the test. Piping shall be drained and protected any time ambient temperature is below freezing.

9. Where leaks occur, the pipe shall be repaired and the tests repeated. No leaks shall be corrected by peening. Defective piping and joints shall be removed and replaced.

10. All threaded valves installed in copper piping shall be provided with copper or bronze male adapters on each side of valves. Sweat solder adapters to pipe before installing valves.

11. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with architectural drawings.

12. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted.

13. All manually operated shutoff valves to equipment that are 2-1/2 inches and larger located 8 feet (Bottom of pipe) or higher above finished floor or stationary platform in mechanical rooms and accessible pipe chases or as noted on Project Drawings shall be chain wheel operated. Chains shall be installed and secured to allow clear passage at walk through areas.

3.04 TESTING

A. All welds are subject to inspection, visual and/or x-ray, for compliance with Specifications. The Owner will, at the Owner’s option, provide employees or employ a testing laboratory for the purposes of performing said inspections and/or x-ray testing. Initial visual and x-ray inspections will be provided by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for all labor, material and travel expenses involved in the re-inspection and retesting of any welds found to be unacceptable. In addition, the Contractor shall be responsible for the costs involved in any and all additional testing required or recommended by ASME/ANSI Standards B31.9 due to the discovery of poor, unacceptable or rejected welds.

B. Welds lacking penetration, containing excessive porosity or cracks, or are found to be unacceptable for any reason, must be removed and replaced with an original quality weld as specified herein. All qualifying tests, welding and stress relieving procedures shall, moreover, be in accord with Standard Qualification for Welding Procedures, Welders and Welding Operators, Appendix A, Section 6 of the Code, current edition.

C. System Pressure Tests.

1. Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows:

a. Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during test.

Page 54: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 16 OF 22

b. Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion joints from testing.

c. Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or replace strainer screens.

d. Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment.

e. Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of overpressure during test.

2. Perform the following tests on hydronic piping:

a. Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible with piping may be used.

b. While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air. Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid.

c. Isolate expansion tanks and determine that hydronic system is full of water.

d. Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times the system's working pressure, minimum 150 psig. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A in ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping."

e. After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks.

f. Prepare written report of testing.

3.05 HOT TAP PROCEDURE

A. Contractor shall provide MD ANDERSON drawings with the location of all hot taps shown 10 days prior to scheduled start of work. Contractor shall also clearly identify all locations in the field.

B. Upon receipt of drawings MD ANDERSON will field verify abatement requirements. MD ANDERSON will also identify and coordinate, through the building mission groups, the impact of potential system shut downs, Owner requirements and will issue a notice to proceed.

C. Upon MD ANDERSON’s issuance of a notice to proceed the Contractor shall perform the following hot tap procedures:

1. Preparation

Page 55: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 17 OF 22

a. Remove insulation at identified and approved hot tap locations and save for reinstallation as noted below.

b. Ultra-sound pipe at each weld location to verify pipe thickness. If pipe fails to pass ultra-sound follow procedure outlined in paragraph A to establish new tap location.

c. Temporarily reinstall pipe insulation upon completion of ultra-sound to prevent condensation.

d. Repeat above listed steps on all approved hot tap locations.

2. Installation

a. Remove insulation as required for installation of scheduled hot tap.

b. Weld saddle sleeve to pipe. All welds shall be made as per 15510-1.06-B

c. Install new valve on saddle sleeve.

d. Install blind flange on valve to prevent accidental opening.

e. Pressure test valve/seating to one and a half (1-1/2) times design operating pressure for 24 hours. MD ANDERSON representative shall witness this test.

f. Upon passing pressure test and prior to hot tapping pipe:

1) Verify that MD ANDERSON has staff ready to perform emergency shut-off procedures.

2) Verify emergency patch is on location and sized to match pipe being tapped.

3) Verify cleaning company is on call with portable shop vacuum(s).

g. Hot tap pipe, remove plug and wire to valve handle.

h. Clean all strainers in pipes affected by hot taps made that day.

i. Reinsulate pipe.

j. Repeat above listed steps for all remaining taps.

D. Unless approved by Owner all hot taps in horizontal lines shall be made at or above center line of pipe.

3.06 TRAINING

A. Victaulic Company shall provide on-site training for Contractor’s field personnel in the use of grooving tools, application of groove, and installation of grooved end couplings. The manufactures representative shall periodically visit the jobsite and provide the contractor information concerning the best recommended practices in grooved product installation. A distributor’s sales representative is not considered qualified to conduct the training or jobsite visit(s).

Page 56: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 18 OF 22

3.07 APPLICATION

A. Install valves, unions, and flanges at equipment connections. Install unions/flanges on equipment side of valves. Provide dielectric isolation only where non-ferrous components connect to ferrous components.

B. Provide EPDM gasket material with a maximum service temperature of 248 degrees F at all hot water dielectric union installations.

C. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to pipe.

D. Install ball valves in piping 3 inches and smaller and butterfly valves in piping 4 inches and larger for shut-off and to isolate equipment, parts of systems, or vertical risers.

E. Install ball valves in piping 2 inches and smaller and butterfly valves in piping 2-1/2 inches and larger for throttling, bypass or manual flow control services. Under this application, throttling valves are not to be used for shutoff, and additional valves shall be installed for isolation.

F. Use plug valves for throttling service where indicated on Drawings.

G. Provide gate or ball drain valves at main shutoff valves, low points of piping, bases of vertical risers and at equipment. Pipe to nearest drain.

3.08 FLUSHING AND CLEANING OF PIPING SYSTEMS

A. MD ANDERSON Systems:

1. Cleaning of piping system must be performed by the mechanical contractor or the PurgeRite flushing company. Cleaning chemicals, procedure, water testing, reporting, and consultation must be provided by a qualified water treatment company specializing in this type of work. Qualified water treatment vendor will have the following features.

a. Operating in the business of industrial water treatment for minimum 5 years.

b. Certified to the ISO 9000 quality standard.

c. Manufacture and deliver their own products.

d. Provide technical specialist(s) for onsite water testing, reporting, and consultation.

e. Have the ability to perform offsite analytical laboratory work and reporting if necessary.

2. Acceptable vendors should include, but not be limited to the following companies:

a. ChemCal, Inc.

b. GE Water & Process Technologies

c. Nalco Company

3. Minimum velocity of 10 feet per second for steel piping must be maintained in the pipes during flushing period.

a. Do not use building pumps for circulating water.

Page 57: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 19 OF 22

b. Provide temporary pumps as required to achieve minimum velocities.

c. Remove flow meters from building piping during flushing operation.

d. Provide means (instrumentation) during flushing period to prove to the Owner that the minimum velocities are maintained in the pipes.

e. For copper piping, maintain the flushing velocity between 3 (min) and 5 (max) feet per second. Limit temperature of water inside piping to a maximum 140°F.

4. Submit a detailed plan for the Engineer’s and Owner's review and approval describing in full detail the individual steps associated with this process before any piping is installed.

a. Refer to Submittal section above for further requirements.

5. Clean piping systems thoroughly. Purge pipe of construction debris and contamination before placing the systems in service. Provide temporary connections and valves as required for cleaning, purging and circulating. Provide temporary relief valves to protect the piping system if recommended by the pipe cleaning subcontractor.

6. Install temporary strainers in front of pumps, tanks, water still, solenoid valves, control valves, and other equipment where permanent strainers are not indicated. Keep these strainers in service until the equipment has been tested, then remove either entire strainer or straining element only. Fit strainers with a line size blowoff valve.

7. Provide bypasses at the following equipment as close as feasibly possible to the equipment (no more than 10 feet total of piping at each piece of equipment) and isolate equipment as required (temporary blind flanges or similar):

a. Hydronic coils

b. Chillers

c. Cooling Towers

d. Water Boilers

8. Chemicals shall remove mill scale, oil, and greases as well as passivate surfaces with a protective oxide film. NOTE: All residuals of the cleaning and passivating chemicals must be totally blown-down prior to system startup.

a. Alkaline cleaner/penetrant/dispersant chemical. This product must be in liquid form and capable of removing mill scale, oils, greases, debris, and byproducts of construction. It shall be fed at the vendor’s recommended dosage rate based on the volumes of the systems treated.

b. Passivating chemical. This product must be in liquid poly-phosphate form and capable of laying down a protective oxide film on metal surfaces after treatment with the cleaning chemical. It shall be fed at the vendor’s recommended dosage rate based on the volumes of the systems treated.

c. Antifoam chemical. This product must be in liquid form and capable of controlling or eliminating foam in water systems.

9. Chemical for inhibiting and controlling corrosion and deposits must be added immediately after the chemical cleaning and passivating procedure.

Page 58: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 20 OF 22

a. Closed loop corrosion inhibitor chemical. This product must be in liquid form and impart the following active ingredients at the following dosages when fed in the Chilled Water Loop water: 1) nitrite (as NO2) = 400-800 ppm, 2) borate = 200-400 ppm, 3) azole = 20-60 ppm. This product must impart the following active ingredients at the following dosages when fed in Heating Hot Water Loop water: 1) nitrite (as NO2) = 800-1200 ppm, 2) borate = 400-600 ppm, 3) azole = 40-80 ppm.

10. Circulate chemical cleaner and passivator in closed loop water piping systems to remove mill scale, grease, oil, and silt.

a. Flush and drain loops to remove debris prior to using chemicals.

b. Fill loops and add chemical cleaner and passivator at the dosage rates recommended by the water treatment vendor based on system volume.

c. Add antifoam at the dosage rates recommended by the water treatment vendor.

d. Circulate water for 24-72 hours.

e. Drain and flush system.

f. Dispose of circulated water with chemical residuals as per local code requirements.

g. Refill and immediately charge with the proper corrosion inhibitor – based on the type of piping system – to the recommended level.

h. Match chemicals presently used in other systems used by Owner if possible.

i. Submit all chemicals to Owner and Engineer prior to cleaning for approval.

j. Match chemicals presently used in other systems used by Owner.

k. Provide report comparing make-up water quality to the water circulated in the pipe after cleaning chemicals are removed. Report shall include the following at a minimum:

1) Conductivity

2) Ph

3) phosphate

4) Iron

11. Special requirements, if any, are specified in the appropriate Sections for each type of piping.

12. After systems have been flushed and cleaned; as required by specifications, provide written certification from the cleaning contractor that the systems are clean and ready for use. This shall include the water quality report comparing the make-up water to the water circulated in the piping after removal of chemicals to verify pipe condition.

13.

B. TECO System Requirements:

Page 59: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 21 OF 22

1. Cleaning: It is imperative to ensure that all piping or equipment connected to the TECO chill water system has been thoroughly cleaned to removed oils, dirt and other foreign materials.

a. Make certain the new system is properly isolated from the TECO chilled water system.

b. Using clean potable water, fill the system piping and add 1 to 2 percent (based on volume) of Tetra-Potassium Pyro Phosphate (TKPP) solution to the new system.

c. Circulate for at least three (3) hours. During circulation maintain the maximum flow rate through the piping and equipment (target a minimum flow velocity of 3 feet per second).

d. The addition of the TKPP will cause the pH in water to rise. Neutralize the pH by flushing with potable water. Continue to flush the system until the circulating water quality is consistent with potable water.

e. Begin the passivation procedure immediately. DO NOT allow the water in the system to stand longer than two (2) hours before starting the passivation procedure.

2. Passivation: Contact TECO at the following address to obtain the latest passivation specification requirements:

a. Contact: Thermal Energy Corporation(TECO), Supervising Senior Project Manager.

b. Address: 1615 Braeswood, Houston, Texas 77030.

c. Phone number: 713-791-6700.

3. Before TECO will provide thermal services to the Project, the following is required:

a. Chilled Water System:

1) A copy of an approved certified flushing report that the system is clean.

2) TECO personnel to take a minimum of three samples from drains and test for iron (1.0 ppm is acceptable).

3) The building pipe must be full of clean water without chemicals of any type.

4) All metering devices to be installed and Contractor supplied 20-amp, 3-wire circuit connected.

5) If the piping system is not filled with TECO chilled water immediately after testing, test must again be taken prior to providing services.

b. Quality Assurance: Provide only chemical products which are acceptable under state and local pollution control regulations.

3.09 WELDING

A. Scope: This article applies to welded chilled and heating water piping fittings and other appurtenances.

Page 60: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC PIPINGMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 13MS20190301 22 OF 22

1. Piping and fittings shall be welded and fabricated in accordance with the latest edition of ASME/ANSI the latest editions of Standards B31.9 for all systems. Machine beveling in shop is preferred. Field beveling may be done by flame cutting to recognized standards.

2. Ensure complete penetration of deposited metal with base metal.

a. Contractor shall provide filler metal suitable for use with base metal. Contractor shall keep inside of fittings free from globules of weld metal.

b. All welded pipe joints shall be made by the fusion welding process, employing a metallic arc or gas welding process.

c. All pipe fittings shall have the ends beveled 37-½ degrees with 1/16” lands and all joints shall be aligned true before welding.

d. Except as specified otherwise, all changes in direction, intersection of lines, reduction in pipe size and the like shall be made with factory-fabricated welding fittings. Mitering of pipe to form elbows, notching of straight runs to form tees, or any similar construction is not permitted.

3. Align piping and equipment so that no part is offset more than 1/16-inch. Set all fittings and joints square and true, and preserve alignment during welding operation. Use of alignment rods inside pipe is prohibited.

4. No weld shall project into the pipe so as to restrict it. Tack welds, if used, must be of the same material and made by the same procedure as the completed weld. Otherwise, remove tack welds during welding operation.

5. Remove all split, bent, flattened or otherwise damaged piping from the Project Site.

6. Remove dirt, scale and other foreign matter from the inside of piping, by swabbing or flushing, prior to the connection of other piping sections, fittings, valves or equipment.

7. Schedule 40 pipe shall not be welded with less than three (3) passes including one stringer/root, one filler and one lacer. Schedule 80 pipe shall be welded with not less than four (4) passes including one stringer/root, two filler and one lacer. In all cases, however, the weld must be filled before the cap weld is added.

END OF SECTION 23 21 13

Page 61: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC SPECIALTIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 30MS20190301 1 OF 10

SECTION 23 21 30 - HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Perform all Work required to provide and install air vents, pressure gauges, thermometers, strainers, air separators, expansion tanks, relief valves, water flow measuring and balancing systems, and water flow integrating meters as indicated by the Contract Documents with supplementary items necessary for their proper installation and operation.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

B. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

C. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references:

1. ANSI/ASME Boilers and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1 Design and Fabrication of Pressure Vessels.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer: For each product specified, provide components by the same manufacturer throughout.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Submit Shop Drawings and product data, including component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and finishes.

2. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.

1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Refer to Section 01 78 46 for Maintenance Material Requirements.

Page 62: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC SPECIALTIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 30MS20190301 2 OF 10

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

2.02 MANUFACTURERS

A. Expansion Tanks: Bell & Gossett, Taco, C. Adamson, Woods.

B. Automatic Air Vents: Armstrong, APCO, Bell & Gossett.

C. Air Separators, Air/Dirt Separators, Dirt Separators: Bell & Gossett, Spirotherm, Thrush, Armstrong.

D. Water Relief Valves: Keckley, Watts, Bell & Gossett.

E. Circuit Balancing Valves: Armstrong, Tour & Anderson.

F. Coil Package Valve Sets: Nexus, Tour and Anderson

G. Integrating Flowmeters: GE Panametrics, Controlotron, Spirax Sarco,

H. Inline Magnetic Flowmeters: Rosemont, Siemens.

I. Pressure Gauges: Ashcroft, Dwyer, Weksler, Marsh Instrument, H.O. Trerice, Moeller Instrument Co, Weiss.

J. Thermometers: Ashcroft, Dwyer, Marsh Instrument, Weksler, Moeller Instrument, H.O. Trerice, Weiss, Controlotron Corporation.

K. Pump Suction Fittings: Bell and Gossett, Taco, Victaulic, Anvil.

L. Strainers: Keckley, Mueller, Muessco, Strainers, Inc., Victaulic, Anvil.

M. Shot Feeder/Filter: Harmsco, Wingert, Neptune.

N. Water Pressure Reducing Valve: Taco, Watts, Zurn.

2.03 SYSTEM PRESSURE

A. Provide devices suitable for appropriate system working pressure. Coordinate with pump pressure or system pressure prior to ordering any devices. All devices provided shall be rated above the max working pressure.

B. Provide devices suitable for 250 PSIG (suitable for 300 PSIG hydronic system).

2.04 EXPANSION TANKS

A. Tank Construction: Closed, welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with Section VIII, Division 1, of ANSI/ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, provide proper pressure rating. Clean, prime coat, and supply with steel support saddles. Supply with renewable heavy duty butyl rubber bladder. Construct tank with tappings for installation of accessories.

B. Provide with quick connect air charging valve connection (standard tire valve) tank drain.

Page 63: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC SPECIALTIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 30MS20190301 3 OF 10

C. Provide automatic cold water fill assembly complete with pressure relief valve, pressure reducing valve and valved bypass.

D. Set expansion tank pressure relief valve and pressure reducing valve at pressures indicated on Drawings.

E. Tank dimensions are as scheduled on Drawings.

2.05 AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS

A. Provide air vents at the highest points of the hydraulic piping systems and on the uppermost connections to all hydraulic coils and as shown on drawings; provide proper pressure rating. Provide shutoff valves to facilitate maintenance of air vents.

B. Locate all air vents and their discharge lines in accessible locations, preferably clustered.

C. Route discharge lines to nearest floor drain without air traps.

2.06 AIR SEPARATORS

A. Furnish and install as shown on the drawings and schedule a full flow coalescing type air eliminator.

B. Each separator unit shall be fabricated steel rated for provide proper pressure rating and 270 Deg F operating temperature. The separator shall provide non-turbulent non-centrifugal flow thru the unit at rated GMP with less than 1 foot of water pressure drop with a velocity not to exceed 4 feet per second through the unit at the specified GPM and CV rating.

C. The air eliminator shall remove 100%of all free and entrained air during system start up and continue to eliminate 99.6% of dissolved air at rate GPM.

D. Unit shall include internal elements filling the entire vessel to suppress turbulence and air elimination efficiency of 100% free air, 100% entrained air, and 99.6% dissolved air at the installed location. The elements must consist of a copper core tube with continuous wound copper wire medium permanently attached and followed by a separate continuous wound copper wire permanently affixed or removeable perforated stainless steel tubes. Loose coalescing media is not allowed.

E. Each unit is to have a separate air and venting chamber to prevent system contaminants from harming the float and venting valve operation. At the top of the venting chamber shall be an integral float actuated air vent that is guaranteed not to leak.

F. The air vent shall have a 2” npt connection for testing and remote venting. Contractor shall pipe to nearest floor drain.

2.07 AIR/DIRT SEPARATORS

A. Furnish and install as shown on the drawings and schedule a full flow coalescing type combination air eliminator and dirt separator, with two equal chambers above and below the inlet/outlet nozzles.

B. Each separator unit shall be fabricated steel with proper pressure rating and 270 Deg. F. operating temperature. The separator shall provide non-turbulent non-centrifugal flow thru the unit at rated GPM with less than 1 foot of water pressure drop with a velocity not to exceed 4 feet per second through the unit at the specified GPM and CV rating.

Page 64: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC SPECIALTIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 30MS20190301 4 OF 10

C. The air/dirt separator shall remove 100% free air, 100% entrained air, and 99.6% dissolved air at rated GPM. Dirt separation efficiency shall be a minimum of 80% of all particles 30 micron and larger within 100 passes.

D. Unit shall include internal elements filling the entire vessel to suppress turbulence and provide minimum dirt separation efficiency of 80% of all particles 30 micron and larger within 100 passes. The elements must consist of a copper core tube with continuous wound copper wire medium permanently attached and followed by a separate continuous wound copper wire permanently affixed or removeable perforated stainless steel tubes. Loose coalescing media is not allowed.

E. Each unit is to have a separate air and venting chamber to prevent system contaminants from harming the float and venting valve operation. At the top of the venting chamber shall be an integral float actuated air vent that is guaranteed not to leak. Units shall include a valved side tap to flush floating dirt or liquids and for quick bleeding of large amounts of air during system fill or refill.

F. The air vent shall have a 2” npt connection for testing and remote venting. Contractor shall pipe to nearest floor drain.

G. The unit shall remove all solid particles to less than 5 microns in size.

H. The separator shall include lifting lugs, a automatic blowdown connection and a full port brass ball valve, which is to be located at eye level, and piped to the closest floor drain. Automatic blowdown shall include 2-position solenoid valve with a time controller.

I. Separators to be provided with flanged port on bottom of unit to allow removal of internal components.

2.08 DIRT SEPARATORS

A. Furnish and install as shown on the drawings and schedule a full flow coalescing type dirt separator. Each separator unit shall be fabricated steel with flanged connections for units size 2-1/2" and above, each unit shall be rated for provide proper pressure rating and 270 Deg. F. operating temperature. The separator shall provide non-turbulent non-centrifugal flow thru the unit at rated GPM with less than 1 foot of water pressure drop with a velocity not to exceed 4 feet per second through the unit at the specified GPM and CV rating.

B. Unit shall include internal elements filling the entire vessel to suppress turbulence and provide minimum dirt separation efficiency of 80% of all particles 30 micron and larger within 100 passes. The elements must consist of a copper core tube with continuous wound copper wire medium permanently attached and followed by a separate continuous wound copper wire permanently affixed or removeable perforated stainless steel tubes. Loose coalescing media is not allowed.

C. The unit shall remove all solid particles to less than 5 microns in size.

D. The separator shall include lifting lugs, a automatic blowdown connection and a full port brass ball valve, which is to be located at eye level, and piped to the closest floor drain. Automatic blowdown shall include 2-position solenoid valve with a time controller.

E. Separators to be provided with flanged port on bottom of unit to allow removal of internal components.

Page 65: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC SPECIALTIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 30MS20190301 5 OF 10

2.09 WATER RELIEF VALVES

A. Pressure relief valves installed for the protection of the water circulating circuits shall be single seated diaphragm and spring type valve with screwed connections, similar to Watts No. 174A.

B. ¾ inch size of bronze construction with bronze seat, composition shut-off disc, and rubber diaphragm.

2.10 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE

A. 10 – 30 psig: Provide a Pressure Reducing Valve with integral strainer shall be installed where indicated on the drawings. The valve shall feature a Lead Free cast copper silicon alloy body suitable for water supply pressures up to 200psi and may be adjusted from 10 – 30 psig. All parts shall be serviceable without removing the valve from the line. Provide threaded inlet connection, integral stainless steel strainer, stainless steel seat, reinforced EPDM diaphragm and EPDM valve disc.

B. 25 – 75 psig: Provide a Pressure Reducing Valve with integral strainer shall be installed where indicated on the drawings. The valve shall feature a Lead Free brass body suitable for water supply pressures up to 300psi and may be adjusted from 25 – 75 psig. Provision shall be made to permit the bypass flow of water back through the valve into the main when pressures, due to thermal expansion on the outlet side of the valve, exceed the pressure in the main supply. All parts shall be serviceable without removing the valve from the line. Provide union inlet connection, integral stainless steel strainer, gauge tapping and gauge and replaceable seat module.

2.11 SHOT FEEDER/FILTER

A. Provide shot feeder where indicated on drawings and scheduled.

B. Filter Housing. Shall consist of continuous electric welded tube body, code semi-elliptical heads, sealed filter chamber, filter, filter support device and inlet/outlet/drain and fill port. Body of shot feeder/filter shall have 5 gallon capacity and constructed of A513 tube, have three welded carbon steel legs, and for 200PSI at 200°F. Lid shall be minimum 3-1/2” in diameter and have Buna-N O-ring. Provide minimum 2 mil epoxy coating on outside of filter housing.

C. Filter Media. Shot feeder/filter feeder shall be supplied with 20 micron high temperature re-usable pleated filter, stainless steel holder and stainless steel removal handle so that personnel shall not come in contact with vessel contents.

2.12 COIL CIRCUIT BALANCING VALVES

A. Install in chilled and hot water piping systems and elsewhere where shown on Drawings per manufacturer’s recommendation and installation instructions. Balance valves shall not be required on systems provided with pressure independent control valves. Balance valves shall be rated to operate and perform their intended design function at the system’s operating temperature and maximum design pressure. The valve body shall be a wye pattern, globe-style, and provide two pressure/temperature metering ports (PT Ports), and digital handwheel. Balancing valve handle shall have a integral memory stop for locking the valve position after the system is balanced.

B. Valves may also be furnished with precision machined venturi built into the valve body to provide highly accurate flow measurement and flow balancing. The venturi shall have two, 1/4" threaded brass metering ports and gasketed caps located on the inlet side of the valve.

Page 66: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC SPECIALTIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 30MS20190301 6 OF 10

2.13 COIL PACKAGE VALVE SETS

A. Install per manufacturers recommendations and instructions on hot water terminal coils with automatic flow control Valves from ½ inch thru 2 inch: valve bodies shall be manufactured from brass ASTM B 283 capable of working at a maximum temperature of 370 F. at a pressure of 600 psi. The valve body is a Y type with cartridge set capable of working and maintaining flow rate at a differential pressure range between 2 to 45 psi.

B. Valves shall be furnished with precision machined cartridge orifice to provide automatic flow balancing. The valve shall have a blow down valve to clear fine particulate from the cartridge, and two, 1/4" threaded brass ports located on the inlet side of the valve use to acquire a differential pressure measurement. The ports shall have caps with O-ring seals.

C. In lieu of automatic flow control valves, Tour and Anderson STAP differential pressure controllers may be installed in conjunction with preset standard TA valves and coil components. Supply side coil package shall including a ball valve Y strainer combo with PT port, union, and blow down. Return side coil package shall include a union port fitting with PT port, manual air vent, union, and male threaded tail piece as well as the TA balancing valve. STAP shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations and at the locations shown on drawings with a partner TA valve adjacent on the supply line for capillary connection.

D. Systems provided with pressure independent control valves shall not require automatic or manual balancing valves.

2.14 INTEGRATING FLOWMETERS

A. General:

1. Install in main building chilled and hot water piping systems and elsewhere as shown on the Drawings.

2. Integrating flowmeters must have the following characteristics:

a. Uses the transit-time principle of ultrasonic flow metering.

b. Flow sensors that are portable, clamp-on type and that do not come in contact with the fluid or protrude into the flow path.

3. Flow element shall be installed in a straight run of pipe in accordance to manufacturer’s guidelines for the specific installation in order to maintain rated accuracy.

B. Flow Stations:

1. Flow stations shall consist of dual flow sensors and carriers mounted in the transverse arrangement with laminated or metal identification tag on chain giving pipe size, meter series, and station identification.

2. Maximum fluid operating ranges:

a. Pressure: 0 to 150 psig.

b. Temperature: 32 degrees F to 250 degrees F.

3. Flow stations shall be of steel construction.

C. Flow Meter:

Page 67: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC SPECIALTIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 30MS20190301 7 OF 10

1. Provide a hand-held, portable meter that instantaneously displays flow and/or changes in flow by means of a high-visibility, integral, backlit LCD, dual channel (one for chilled water, the other for steam condensate or hot water as noted on Drawings) that displays instantaneous flow rate in GPM and total gallons. Charts and tables are not acceptable.

2. Each channel shall have dual outputs for each of the displayed values. Outputs shall be 4– 20 mA and TTL pulse rate, each proportional to display values.

3. Meter shall have positive zero flow indication.

4. Meter shall be complete with adequate lengths of flow cables attached to sensors, with installation and operating instructions.

5. Meter shall be capable of interfacing with and delivering a signal to the building automation system.

D. Inline Magnetic Flow Meters

1. Rosemount series 8705 Magnetic flowmeter flow tubes, or equal. Each sensor shall be sized specifically for the pipe in which it is to be installed. Sensor shall have ±0.5% accuracy from 1 to 30 feet/second, with Class 150 carbon steel flanges, exterior painted with polyurethane, grounding electrode, Teflon (PTFE) lining, and Type 316L stainless steel electrodes. ATC shall furnish Rosemount Model 8712 C remote mounted magnetic flowmeter transmitters, with 115Vac/1ph/60hz power supply, NEMA 4X enclosure, 4 – 20 ma output, battery-backup totalizer, and local operator interface.]

2.15 PRESSURE GAUGES

A. Application: Provide pressure gauges as indicated on Drawings; 4-½ inch face diameter with 0.5 percent accuracy of full span, Grade 2A, ANSI B40.1. Gauges shall have solid front with blow-out back. Dial shall be white face with black figures.

B. Gauge Ranges:

1. Provide 0 - 160 psi gauges for 150 psi chilled/hot water service.

2. Provide 0 – 300 psi gauges for 300 psi, chilled/hot water service.

3. Provide 0 – 150 psi gauges for condenser water and generator cooling water service.

4. Provide 0-150 psi gauges for process chilled water service.

C. Provide liquid glycerin filled compound pressure gauges

D. Pressure-Gauge Fittings:

1. Valves: NPS 1/4 brass or stainless-steel needle type.

2. Siphons: NPS 1/4 coil of brass or stainless steel tubing with threaded ends.

3. Snubbers: ASME B40.5, NPS 1/4 brass bushing with corrosion-resistant, porous-metal disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure.

Page 68: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC SPECIALTIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 30MS20190301 8 OF 10

2.16 THERMOMETERS

A. Placement: Provide, where shown on Drawings and as indicated below, thermometers of suitable range for the service required. Provide thermometers on the inlet and outlet sides of all coils, heat exchangers, and heat generators.

B. Furnish thermometers for services in the following ranges and divisions with English scales:

1. Heating hot water and generator cooling water:

a. Range: 30 to 240 degrees F.

b. Division: 2 degrees F.

2. Chilled water:

a. Range: 0 to 100 degrees F.

b. Division: 1 degrees F.

3. Condenser water:

a. Range: 0 to 120 degrees F.

b. Division: 1 degrees F.

C. Thermowell Sockets: Provide brass or stainless thermometer sockets at all thermometer locations with pressure and temperature ratings suitable for their application. Provide thermometer sockets by same manufacturer as thermometer, fitted with plug and chain and conforming to the requirements specified for thermometers. Install all sockets vertical or at a 45-degree vertical angle to permit filling with conducting liquid for tests.

D. Construction: Provide thermometers that are 9 inches long with a glass or plastic enclosed white scale with black graduations and figures, a cast aluminum or Valox polyester case, and red reading liquid that is mercury free. Measurement shall be plus or minus 1 percent accurate of full scale. Furnish an adjustable, angle-type scale with a swivel nut connection into ¾-inch brass separable sockets. Use a 3-1/2 inch stem length for all pipe sizes up through 8 inches, a 6-inch stem length for 10 inch pipe size, and a 9-inch stem length for pipe sizes larger than 10 inches. Install thermometer so as not to cause undue restriction in small piping. Where wells/sockets are located in pipelines 1-1/2 inch and smaller, provide a section of pipe of such diameter that the net area of the pipeline will not be reduced by the thermometer well/socket.

E. Extensions: Where thermometers are installed in insulated lines, use extension-neck separable sockets.

2.17 PUMP SUCTION FITTINGS

A. Fitting: Angle pattern, cast iron body, flanged for over 2 inches provide proper pressure rating with inlet vanes, cylinder strainer with 3/16-inch diameter openings, disposable fine mesh strainer to fit over cylinder strainer, and permanent magnet located in flow stream and removable for cleaning.

B. Accessories: Adjustable foot support, blowdown tapping in bottom, gauge tapping inside.

C. Provide mated flanges at all pump suctions.

Page 69: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC SPECIALTIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 30MS20190301 9 OF 10

2.18 STRAINERS

A. 2 inches and smaller: Screwed brass or iron body, Y pattern with 1/32 inch stainless steel perforated screen provide proper pressure rating.

B. 2-1/2 inches and larger: Flanged iron body, Y pattern with 3/64 inch, screen body to be all 304/316 stainless steel construction and SS perforated screen with internal supports resistant to high differential pressure. Provide proper pressure rating..

C. For grooved piping systems 2” through 18” sizes, 300 PSI Y-Type Strainer shall consist of ductile iron body, ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12, Type 304 stainless steel perforated metal removable baskets with 1/16" diameter perforations 2"-3" strainer sizes, 1/8" diameter perforations 4"-12" strainer sizes, and 0.156” diameter perforations 14” -18” strainer sizes. Victaulic Style 732 and W732.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Flush and clean expansion tanks prior to delivery to the Project Site, and keep sealed during construction.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations.

C. Support expansion tanks from building structure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

D. Provide automatic air vents at system high points and as indicated.

E. Provide manual air vents at entrance to all heating hot water coils, with a "cane" shaped discharge tube, positioned to permit draining to a portable receptacle.

F. For automatic air vents in above-ceiling spaces or other concealed locations, extend vent tubing to nearest drain.

G. Provide air separator on suction side of system circulation pump and connect as shown on Drawings.

H. Provide valved drain and hose connection on strainer blow down connection.

I. Provide pump suction fitting on suction side of base mounted centrifugal pumps as indicated on drawings.

J. Remove temporary strainers after cleaning systems. Clean all permanent strainers after circulating systems for a minimum of 48 hours at full capacity.

K. Support pump fittings with floor mounted pipe and flange supports.

L. Provide relief valves on pressure tanks, low-pressure side of reducing valves, heat exchangers, and expansion tanks.

Page 70: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas HYDRONIC SPECIALTIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 21 30MS20190301 10 OF 10

M. Select system relief valve capacity so that capacity is greater than make-up pressure reducing valve capacity. Select equipment relief valve capacity to exceed rating of connected equipment.

N. Pipe relief valve outlet to nearest floor drain.

O. Where one line vents several relief valves, make cross sectional area equal to sum of individual vent areas.

P. Install all pressure and temperature gauges so that they are easily readable.

Q. Provide glycerin-filled compound pressure gauge upstream and downstream of each strainer.

R. Provide liquid glycerin-filled gauges across all pumps of ranges indicated above.

S. Pressure gauges need not be furnished across in-the-line circulators.

T. Valve bodies and /or piping components that meet ISO 6509 and ASTM B858 made with dezincification resistant brass alloy designated with acronym (DZR) do not require dielectric unions on piping installations with dissimilar metals.

U. Shot feeder/filter shall be installed per manufacturer’s instructions and details shown on the construction documents. Provide ball valve at shot feeder/filter drain outlet and pipe to nearest floor drain. Install new filter media in shot feeder/filter at substantial completion of the project.

END OF SECTION 23 21 30

Page 71: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 1 OF 21

SECTION 23 31 00 - DUCTWORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. SUMMARY

C. Provide materials and installation for complete first class HVAC systems; install ductwork, flexible duct, hangers, supports, sleeves, flashings, vent flues, and all necessary accessories as indicated in the Contract Documents. Provide any supplementary items necessary for proper installation that make the systems operable, code compliant and acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

B. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

C. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references:

1. ASHRAE - Handbook of Fundamentals; Duct Design.

2. ASHRAE - Handbook of HVAC Systems and Equipment; Duct Construction.

3. ASTM A 90 - Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles.

4. ASTM E 96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.

5. ASTM A 167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip.

6. ASTM A 525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process.

7. ASTM A 527 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot-Dip Process, Lock Forming Quality.

8. ASTM B209 - Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate.

9. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.

10. NFPA 90B - Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems.

11. NFPA 96 - Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment.

Page 72: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 2 OF 21

12. NFPA 45 – Laboratory Ventilating Systems and Hood Requirements.

13. SMACNA – HVAC Duct Construction Standards.

14. SMACNA – Rectangular Industrial Duct Construction Standards.

15. SMACNA – Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards.

16. SMACNA – HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual.

17. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors.

18. Engineering Design Manual for Air Handling Systems, United McGill Corporation (UMC).

19. Assembly and Installation of Spiral Ducts and Fittings, UMC.

20. Engineering Report No. 132 (Spacing of Duct Hangers), UMC.

21. AWSD1.1 American Welding Society Structural Welding Code.

1.03 INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS:

A. Company shall have minimum three years documented experience specializing in performing the work of this section.

B. Installation of HVAC systems shall be performed by qualified Journeyman.

1.04 DEFINITIONS

A. Low Pressure

1. Ductwork systems up to 2 inch w.g. positive or negative static pressure with velocities less than or equal to 1500 fpm.

B. Medium Pressure

1. Ductwork systems over 2 inch w.g. and up to 6 inch w.g. positive or negative static pressure with velocities less than or equal to 2500 fpm.

C. High Pressure

1. Ductwork systems over 6 inch w.g. and up to 10 inch w.g. positive or negative static pressure with velocities greater than 2500 fpm.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Provide the following information for each sheet metal system furnished on the Project:

a. System name and type.

b. Duct system design pressure.

c. Duct material.

Page 73: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 3 OF 21

d. Duct gauge.

e. Transverse joint methods.

f. Longitudinal seam type.

g. Sealant type.

h. SMACNA rectangular reinforcement type.

i. SMACNA intermediate reinforcement type.

j. SMACNA transverse reinforcement type.

B. Record Documents:

1. Submit Shop Drawings on all items of ductwork, plenums, and casings including construction details and accessories specified herein in accordance with Division 01. Ductwork construction details and materials used for duct sealant, flexible connections, etc. shall be submitted and approved prior to the fabrication of any ductwork.

2. [Option if no Shop Drawings are required: Prepare Shop Drawings for the purpose of coordination with other trades including structural, piping, plumbing, electrical, lighting, and architectural. When Shop Drawings are not required to be submitted for the Project, field sketches and shop tickets must be available to the Owner upon request. Changes required during construction to accommodate coordination issues will be performed at no additional cost to the Owner.]

3. Draw ductwork Shop Drawings on minimum 1/4 inch equal to one foot scale building floor plans and shall indicate duct sizes, material, insulation type, locations of transverse joints, fittings, ductwork bottom elevation, offsets, ductwork specialties, fire and fire/smoke dampers, and other information required for coordination with other trades. Clearly designate the following on the Shop Drawings:

a. Clearance dimensions between ducts and or location dimensions from walls, floors, columns, beams and large bore piping.

b. Duct materials i.e., stainless steel, galvanized steel, prefabricated fire rated ductwork pressure class ratings of ducts as defined within this specification.

c. Duct materials i.e., stainless steel, galvanized steel, prefabricated fire rated ductwork.

d. Fire and fire/smoke partitions.

4. Detail Drawings for mechanical rooms and air handling unit locations shall be submitted at a minimum scale of 1/4 inch equal to one foot shall also be included within the Shop Drawings.

5. Coordinate with all other trades and building construction prior to submitting Shop Drawings for review. Indicate location of all supply, return, exhaust, and light fixtures from approved reflected ceiling plans on Shop Drawings.

Page 74: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 4 OF 21

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver products to the Project Site and store and protect products under provisions of Division 01 and Division 20.

B. Protect materials from rust both before and after installation.

1.07 WARRANTY

A. The Work shall be guaranteed for a period of one (1) year from the Project Substantial Completion date against noise, chatter, whistling, vibration, and free from pulsation under all conditions of operation. After the system is in operation, should these defects occur, they shall be corrected as directed by the Owner at Contractor’s expense.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

2.02 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Spiral Ductwork. Gowco, McCorvey, United McGill, Lindab (supply duct only).

B. Sheet Metal Products. McCorvey Sheet Metal Works, Gowco, United McGill, Flexmaster

C. Insulated Flexible Duct. Pepertree Air Solutions, Thermaflex, Flexmaster.

D. Double-Wall Flue – Schebler, Selkirk, Metal-Fab, Van Packer

E. Double-Wall Ductwork (supply) - United McGill, Semco

F. Factory Built Insulated Double Wall Grease Exhaust Ductwork – Schebler, Metalfab, Selkirk Metalbestos, DuraSystems, AMPCO.

G. Generator Exhaust Ductwork – Selkirk Metalbestos, Metalfab, Schebler

2.03 APPLICATION

A. Ductwork systems shall be constructed in accordance with the following Materials as a minimum standard. Refer to Drawings for any deviation from this Table.

AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL MINIMUM PRESSURECLASSIFICATION (1)

Supply and Return Systems:Untreated Outside Air Intake (Louver) to AHU Plenum

304 Stainless Steel Low Pressure

Treated Outside Air to AHU Galvanized Steel Medium Pressure

Page 75: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 5 OF 21

AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL MINIMUM PRESSURECLASSIFICATION (1)

Single Zone FCU Supply Galvanized Steel Low PressureSingle Zone AHU Supply Galvanized Steel Medium PressureMixed Air (AHU Plenum) Galvanized Steel Medium PressureAHU Discharge/Vertical Supply Riser Galvanized Steel Medium PressureVertical Supply Riser to Terminal Unit Galvanized Steel Medium PressureTerminal Unit Connection Metal Flexible Duct As SpecifiedTerminal Units to Supply Air Device Galvanized Steel (2) Low PressureVivarium Supply Air Valve to Air Device 316L Stainless Steel (5) Low PressureReturn Air Device to Return Distribution Galvanized Steel (2) Low PressureReturn Air Distribution Galvanized Steel Medium PressureReturn Air Distribution/Vertical Riser Galvanized Steel Medium PressureDuctwork in MRI Rooms Aluminum As SpecifiedExhaust Systems:Exhaust Air Device to Exhaust Distribution

Galvanized Steel (2) Low Pressure

Exhaust Air Distribution Galvanized Steel Medium PressureGeneral Exhaust Vertical Riser to Fan Galvanized Steel Medium PressureKitchen Hood Exhaust [316L Stainless Steel]

[Factory Built Double Wall]

Medium Pressure(3`)

Boiler Flue Type IPS Double Wall Refer to SpecsGas-fired Unit Heaters Flue Type B Double Wall Refer to SpecsDryer Exhaust Ductwork Galvanized Steel Low PressureDishwasher Exhaust 316L Stainless Steel Medium PressureGeneral Lab Exhaust Air Device to Horizontal Distribution

Galvanized Steel Low Pressure

Hood/Biosafety Cabinet Exhaust to Horizontal Distribution

316L Stainless Steel Medium Pressure

AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL MINIMUM PRESSURECLASSIFICATION (1)

Combination Lab and General Exhaust Horizontal Distribution (Serving General Exhaust and 3 or fewer CFHs)

316L Stainless Steel Medium Pressure(4)

Combination Lab and General Exhaust Horizontal Distribution (Serving General Exhaust and 4 or more CFHs)

Galvanized Steel Medium Pressure(4)

Combination Lab and General Exhaust Vertical Riser

Galvanized Steel Medium Pressure(4)

Combination Lab and General Exhaust Riser to Filter Housing/Exhaust Plenum

Galvanized Steel Medium Pressure(4)

Combination Lab and General Exhaust Fan to Exhaust Stack (including Exhaust Stack

316L Stainless Steel Medium Pressure (4)

Emergency Generator Exhaust [Double Wall][Black Steel]

As Specified

MRI Cryogen Vents [304 Stainless Steel] [6061 Aluminum]

As Specified

Page 76: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 6 OF 21

AIR SYSTEM MATERIAL MINIMUM PRESSURECLASSIFICATION (1)

Vivarium General Exhaust Air Valve to Air Device

316L Stainless Steel (5) Low Pressure

B. Notes to Table:

1. Positive pressure unless noted otherwise in Table.

2. Air device connections may be made with insulated flexible duct as specified herein.

3. Verify minimum pressure classification per NFPA 96 requirements.

4. Applies to exhaust system for general laboratory exhaust, fume hoods, and biosafety cabinets. Refer to Drawings for construction of any additional exhaust systems.

5. Where ductwork systems are subject to routine decontamination (HPV, Clidox, etc.), provide 316L stainless steel ductwork as indicated.

2.04 DUCTWORK MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION

A. All ductwork indicated on the Drawings, specified or required for the air conditioning and ventilating systems shall be of materials as hereinafter specified unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. All air distribution ductwork shall be fabricated, erected, supported, etc., in accordance with all applicable standards of SMACNA where such standards do not conflict with NFPA 90A and where class of construction equals or exceeds that noted herein.

B. Ductwork shall be constructed of G-90 coated galvanized steel of ASTM A653 and A924 Standards.

C. Minimum gage of round, oval or rectangular ductwork shall be 26 gage.

D. All duct sizes shown on the Drawings are clear inside dimensions. Allowance shall be made for internal lining, where specified, to provide the required free area.

E. All holes in ducts for damper rods and other necessary devices shall be either drilled or machine punched (not pin punched) and shall not be any larger than necessary. All duct openings shall be provided with sheet metal caps if the openings are to be left unconnected for future connections/phases, otherwise plastic covers are acceptable.

F. Except for specific duct applications specified herein, all sheet metal shall be constructed from prime galvanized steel sheets and/or coils up to 60 inches in width. Each sheet shall be stenciled with manufacturer's name and gage.

G. Sheet metal must conform to SMACNA sheet metal tolerances as outlined in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards."

H. Where ducts are exposed to view (including equipment rooms) and where ducts pass through walls, floors or ceilings; furnish and install sheet metal collars around the duct.

I. Spin-in fittings shall be as specified under Section 23 33 00 – Ductwork Accessories.

J. Duct Sealing: All ductwork, regardless of system pressure classification, shall be sealed in accordance with Seal Class A, as referenced in SMACNA Standards. All transverse joints, longitudinal seams, and duct wall penetrations shall be sealed.

Page 77: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 7 OF 21

1. Sealant shall be water based latex UL 181A-M sealant with flame spread of 0 and smoke developed of 0. Sealants shall be Hard Cast Iron Grip 601, Ductmate Pro Seal, Foster 32-19, Childers CP-146 or Design Polymerics DP 1010.

2. Scrim tape shall be fiberglass open weave tape, 3 inches wide, with maximum 20/10 thread count, similar to Hardcast FS-150.

3. Sealer shall be rated by the manufacturer and shall be suitable for use at the system pressure classification of applicable ductwork.

4. Except as noted, oil or solvent-based sealants are specifically prohibited.

5. For exterior applications, “Uni-Weather” (United McGill Corporation), solvent-based sealant, or Foster 32-19 shall be used.

2.05 RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK

A. Metal gages listed in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible Duct, are the minimum gages which shall be used. Select metal gage heavy enough to withstand the physical abuse of the installation. In no case shall ductwork be less than 26 gage for low pressure ductwork or 24 gauge for medium pressure ductwork.

B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth) Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA.

C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams - Rectangular Ducts," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA. Snaplock longitudinal seams (L2) are not acceptable.

D. Fittings:

1. Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA Chapter 2, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA.

2. Construct bends and elbows per SMACNA Figure 2-2, “Rectangular Elbows”, Type RE1 with radius of not less than 1 1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible or where indicated on construction documents, construct Type RE2 rectangular elbows with welded-in-place double wall airfoil turning vanes (whether specifically shown on drawings or not), or short radius type RE1 radius elbows.

3. Construct tees per SMACNA Figure 2-5, “Divided Flow Branches”, Type 2, Type 3, Type 4A or 4.

4. Construct branch connections per SMACNA Figure 2-6, “Branch Connection”. Use 45 degree entry, 45 degree lead in, conical or bellmouth connections only.

5. Unless indicated on construction document details, transform duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence and 30 degrees convergence. Divergence upstream of equipment shall not exceed 30 degrees. Convergence downstream of equipment shall not exceed 45 degrees.

Page 78: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 8 OF 21

6. Bullhead tees are not permitted.

E. Contractor may use DUCTMATE or Ward Industries coupling system, as an option, on rectangular ductwork. The DUCTMATE or Ward Industries system shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

F. Round and FLAT OVAL DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS

G. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. In no case shall the ductwork be less than 26 gage.

H. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA Figure 3-2, "Transverse Joints - Round Duct," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA. Use flanged joints for ducts larger than 48 inches in diameter.

I. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA Figure 3-1, "Seams - Round Duct and Fittings," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA. Utilize spiral seam or butt weld seams only. Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches in diameter with butt-welded longitudinal seams.

J. Fittings:

1. Fittings shall have a wall thickness not less than that specified for longitudinal-seam straight duct or 26 gage, whichever is more stringent.

2. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA. Utilize 90 degree tee with oval to round tap, 45 degree lateral tap, or conical fitting only. Wye fittings may be utilized where specifically indicated on drawings and details.

3. Elbows: Construct elbows with radius of not less than 1 1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Provide minimum 5 gore elbows on all 90 deg elbows, 3 gore elbows on 45 degree elbows. Continuously welded stamped long radius elbows may be utilized on ductwork up to and including 12-inches in diameter.

4. Bullhead tees are not permitted.

K. [ENGINEER TO DELETE PLENUMS IF NOT USED]

2.06 CASINGS AND PLENUMS - 2 INCH W.G. PRESSURE CLASS

A. All 2 inch w.g. pressure class casings and plenums for mixed air plenums shall be constructed in accordance with SMACNA Standards.

B. All casings shall enclose the filter and automatic dampers as shown on the Drawings. Casings shall be fabricated of galvanized sheet metal erected with three-foot center maximum standing seams reinforced with ¼-inch bars. The casing shall be stiffened on three-foot centers maximum with angle irons tack welded in place.

Page 79: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 9 OF 21

C. All openings to the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent any air leakage. Access doors shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and shall be air tight, double skin insulated construction with frames welded in place. Doors shall be rubber gasketed with #390 Ventlok gasketing and equipped with fasteners equal to Ventlok #310 latches and #370 hinges that can be operated from both the inside and the outside.

D. Casings shall be anchored by the use of angle irons sealed and bolted to the curb and floor of the apparatus casing. Casings shall be tested and provided tight at a pressure of three inches water column.

E. Insulate per Section 23 07 13.

2.07 CASINGS AND PLENUMS – 6 INCH W.G. PRESSURE CLASS

A. Shall enclose filters and automatic dampers at air handling unit systems. Casings shall be constructed of cellular, standing seam panels with 3 inch deep reinforced “hat” sections as manufactured by metal deck manufacturers and as described in SMACNA Standards.

B. All openings to the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent air leakage. Install access doors for easy access to equipment. Access doors shall be air tight, double skin insulated construction with frames welded in place. Doors shall be rubber gasketed with #390 Ventlok gasketing and equipped with fasteners equal to Ventlok #310 latches that can be operated from both the inside and outside. Hinges shall be equivalent to Ventlok #370.

C. Anchor casing by the use of galvanized angle irons sealed and bolted to the curb and floor of the apparatus casing as indicated in SMACNA Standards.

D. A fan discharge diffuser plate shall be located on the fan discharge and shall be constructed of 10 gage steel perforated plate installed in 6 inch channel iron frames (8.2#) rigidly supported to withstand the fan discharge velocity. Perforations shall be 3/8 inch (0.375 inch) staggered on 11/16 inch centers (27 percent open area). One section shall be hinged to provide an access door between the discharge side of the fan and the entering side of the coils. After fabrication of the diffuser plate, coat with rust-resistant paint. After installation, touch up diffuser plate and paint channel iron frames with rust-resistant paint.

E. Provide sufficient access openings to allow access for maintenance of all parts of the apparatus. Access door size shall be as large as feasible for the duty required.

F. Insulate per Section 23 07 13.

2.08 FLEXIBLE DUCT

A. Flexible duct shall be used where flexible duct connections are shown on the Drawings to air distribution devices and terminal units and as scheduled under “Ductwork System Applications.

B. Acoustical Flexible Duct to Diffusers, Grilles, and Terminal Units:

1. Maximum flex duct length 6’-0” (six feet), installed with no more than 90 degrees of bend to diffusers and grilles. Where longer duct runs or more bends are necessary, provide rigid round ductwork.

2. Maximum flex duct length 2’-0” (two feet), installed as a straight run to the inlet of the terminal units.

Page 80: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 10 OF 21

3. Acoustical flexible duct shall be manufactured with an acoustically rated PE or CPE inner film as the core fabric, mechanically locked by a corrosion-resistant galvanized steel helix.

4. Core shall be factory pre-insulated with a total thermal performance of R-4.2 or greater. Outer jacket shall be a fire retardant polyethylene or aluminum vapor barrier jacket with a perm rating not greater than 0.10 per ASTM E 96, Procedure A.

5. Duct shall be rated for a minimum positive working pressure of 10 inches w.g. and a negative working pressure of 4 inches w.g. minimum.

6. Temperature range shall be –20 degrees F to 250 degrees F.

7. Duct must comply with the latest NFPA Bulletin 90A and be listed and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., as Class I Air Duct, Standard 181, and meet GSA, FHA and other U. S. Government standards; flame spread less than 25; smoke developed less than 50.

8. Acoustical flexible duct shall be similar to Flexmaster Type 1M for construction and acoustical performance standards.

C. Metal Flexible Duct:

1. May be used for terminal unit connections from sheet metal ductwork where shown on the Drawings.

2. Maximum length 2’-0” (two feet), installed in straight runs only. Where longer duct runs or direction changes are necessary, provide rigid round ductwork.

3. Duct shall be constructed of 0.005 inch thick 3003-H14 aluminum alloy in accordance with ASTM B209. Duct shall be spiral wound into a tube and spiral corrugated to provide strength and flexibility.

4. Core shall be factory pre-insulated with a total thermal performance of R-3.5 or greater. Outer jacket shall be fire retardant metalized vapor barrier jacket of fiberglass reinforced aluminum foil, with a permeance rating not greater than 0.05 per ASTM E96, Procedure A.

5. The duct shall be rated for a minimum positive and negative working pressure of 10 inch w.g.

6. Temperature range shall be –40 degrees F to 250 degrees F.

7. Duct must comply with the latest NFPA Bulletin 90A and be listed and labeled by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., as Class I Air Duct, Standard 181, and meet GSA, FHA and other U. S. Government standards; flame spread less than 25; smoke developed less than 50.

8. Metal flexible duct shall be similar to Flexmaster triple lock Type TL-M.

Page 81: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 11 OF 21

2.09 STAINLESS STEEL DUCTWORK

A. Applies to ductwork as indicated in the application table above and general laboratory exhaust, fume hood, biosafety cabinet, radioisotope hood, vivarium supply and exhaust systems subject to routine decontamination (HPV, Clidox, etc.), and moisture exhaust systems where indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein.Stainless steel shall be 304 and 316-L as indicated in application table above. Duct shall be butt welded longitudinal seams and butt welded transverse joints. Welds on exposed ductwork shall be positioned for minimum view and shall be ground and polished. Duct sealant shall not be used to seal this ductwork. Butt-weld all joints and fittings using [Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (“TIG”) Welding] [Metal Inert Gas (“MIG”) Welding]. Welding procedures shall meet the requirements of SMACNA’s The Managers’ Guide for Welding

B. All ductwork risers shall be installed as vertical as possible within the constraints of the design indicated on the Drawings.

C. In all cases, ductwork shall be installed so that the washdown water, where installed, shall drain back to the hood.

D. Metal gages shall be not less than the following:

DUCT SIZE GAGE30-inch diameter or less 1831-inch to 60-inch diameter 1661-inch diameter or greater 14Greater than 60 x 42 (rectangular or oval) Comply with SMACNA

E. The joining of stainless steel ductwork with galvanized ductwork where indicated in the Drawings shall use ductwork construction methods specified herein for galvanized ductwork.

F. Connections to Air Devices Cabinets or Hoods:

1. Where approved by Owner, flexible stainless steel ducting can be used in lieu of hard pipe stainless steel at cabinets or hoods

2. For all non insulated duct applications flexible ducting shall be 316TI stainless steel; pressure rated for 12 inches w.g. positive and negative; UL 181, Class 0 air duct rated; Velocity Rated for 5500 fpm. Similar to Flexmaster Type SS-NI-TL.

2.10 ALUMINUM DUCTWORK

A. Provide 6061 Aluminum ductwork only where indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. Applies typically to ductwork within MRI rooms.

B. Duct joints shall be all soldered construction, one standard gage heavier than for the same size galvanized steel ducts. Refer to SMACNA for equivalent aluminum thickness and reinforcement.

C. Construction method shall follow the specified methods for galvanized ductwork, except that no ferrous materials may be used. Only aluminum, copper and brass must be used in construction in locations requiring aluminum ductwork; this includes fasteners, hangers, anchors, etc.

D. Connections to Equipment:

Page 82: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 12 OF 21

1. Where approved by Owner, flexible stainless steel ducting can be used in lieu of hard pipe stainless steel.

2. Flexible ducting shall be 316 TI stainless steel; pressure rated for 12 inches w.g. positive and negative; UL 181, Class 0 air duct rated; Velocity Rated for 5500 fpm. Similar to Flexmaster Type SS-NL-TL.

2.11 KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST

A. Field Fabricated

1. Stainless steel with liquid tight welded longitudinal seams and transverse joints, as specified under “Stainless Steel Ductwork” and as further specified herein.

2. Construction shall be in accordance with NFPA 96 and applicable SMACNA Standards.

3. Slope duct toward hood connections and cleanout points as shown on the Drawings.

4. No turning vanes, dampers, or other interior intrusions shall be installed in the ductwork system.

5. All changes in direction shall be with radius elbows (centerline radius equal 1.5 x duct width).

6. Provide rated access doors for installation by the Contractor at all locations necessary.

7. Coordinate required rated enclosure of kitchen hood exhaust and access points with the Contractor.

B. Factory Built

1. Manufactured double wall duct systems with NFPA certification for grease systems may be used in lieu of above referenced materials.

2. All components of the grease duct system shall be provided by a single manufacturer to ensure the system meets the requirements of the listing including duct supports, guides, fittings, cleanouts, and expansion joints required to install the duct.

3. The duct sections shall be constructed of an inner wall and an outer wall with ceramic fiber insulation between the walls. The inner wall shall be constructed out of 316 stainless steel. The outer wall shall be constructed out of 316 stainless steel. The duct shall include a 3" thickness of body soluble ceramic fiber insulation between the inner and outer walls. The duct wall assembly shall be tested and Listed at 0 inch clearance to combustibles.

2.12 EMERGENCY GENERATOR EXHAUST SYSTEM

A. Minimum standard weight black steel pipe with calcium silicate insulation is acceptable in lieu of double wall system specified herein.

B. Factory-built modular exhaust system and published skin temperatures shall be laboratory tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use with building heating equipment and appliances with produce exhaust flue gases at temperature not exceeding 1400 degrees F under continuous operating conditions. This exhaust system shall be designed to compensate for all flue gas induced thermal expansions.

Page 83: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 13 OF 21

C. Exhaust system shall be double wall and have an outer jacket of Type 316 stainless steel, 0.025 inch thick in 6 inch through 24 inch diameter and 0.034 inch thick for larger diameter duct. The inner flue gas carrying conduit shall be Type 316 stainless steel. The inner liner shall be 0.035 inch nominal thickness for all duct diameters.

D. To control the venting pressure should a backfire occur, an explosion relief valve shall be incorporated in the exhaust system per NFPA 37.

E. Exhaust system shall have a fiber insulation between the walls of 2 inches thick. Asbestos materials may not be used.

F. Inner pipe joints shall be sealed by use of overlapping type V-band (P-OVB) with a premixed 200 degrees F sealant (P-200E). The outer channel bands shall be sealed with a 600 degrees F sealant (P-600) where exposed to weather.

G. When the engine exhaust system is installed according to the manufacturer’s installation instructions and the limits of its listing, it shall comply with National Safety Standards and Building Codes.

H. Exhaust system shall terminate as shown on the Drawings and per NFPA 37 and NFPA 211 requirements.

I. All exhaust system parts exposed to the atmosphere shall be protected by a minimum of one base coat and one finished coat of paint, such as Series 4200 or 4300 heat resistance paint as manufactured by Rust-Oleum Corp.

J. The exhaust system shall be installed as designed by the manufacturer and in accordance with the terms of the manufacturer’s 10-year warranty.

K. Furnish all parts required to completely install the exhaust system including all flashing, storm collar, miter cuts, supports, bracing, ventilated roof thimble, sealants, tensioner, wall guide, rings, tee cap, adapter, bellows, etc. Coordinate installation with roofing Contractor.

2.13 MRI CRYOGEN VENT PIPE

A. For cryogenic venting, welded stainless steel or aluminum pipe shall be used in all MRI or similar rooms where shown on the Drawings.

B. Stainless steel pipe shall be Type 304 non-ferromagnetic, thickness 0.035 inch minimum and 0.125 inch maximum.

C. Aluminum pipe shall be Type 6061-T6, thickness 0.083 inch minimum and 0.125 maximum.

D. Piping shall be installed with bracing as required to withstand the forces encountered during a cryogenic release event.

2.14 FLUE VENT

A. Provide for all gas fired equipment. Provide all accessories such as flue caps, support plates, ventilated roof thimble, storm collar, etc. by the same manufacturer.

Page 84: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 14 OF 21

B. Type B Double Wall Flue. Provide UL listed, Type B, round or oval, double-wall vent pipe. Flues 8” and less shall have 0.012" thick aluminum alloy inner liner, 0.018" thick galvanized steel outer jacket. Flues 10” and greater shall have 0.016" thick aluminum alloy inner liner, 0.021" thick galvanized steel outer jacket. Similar to Selkirk Metalbest QC.

C. Type IPS Double Wall Flue. Provide UL listed pressure rated, double pipe with Type 304 stainless steel inner liner, 2 inches of fiber insulation, and Type 304 stainless steel outer jacket, similar to Metalbestos Model IPS. The vent system shall be UL tested and listed to 50”W.G and 1000°F continuous operating conditions.

2.15 DOUBLE-WALL DUCT AND FITTING (HVAC DUCTWORK)

A. Ducts: Fabricate double-wall (insulated) ducts with an outer shell and an inner duct. Dimensions indicated are for inner ducts.

B. Outer Shell: Base metal thickness on outer-shell dimensions. Fabricate outer-shell lengths 2 inches longer than inner duct and insulation and in metal thickness specified for single-wall duct. Ductwork shall be fabricated using a spiral lockseam. Outer surface shall be paintable galvanized steel.

C. Insulation: 2-inch thick fibrous glass. Terminate insulation where double-wall duct connects to single-wall duct or uninsulated components and reduce outer shell diameter to inner duct diameter. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at 75°F mean temperature. Ductwork shall be tested in accordance with UL-181 for impact and erosion resistance at an internal airflow velocity of 10,000 feet per minute.

D. Perforated Inner Ducts: Fabricate with 0.028-inch thick sheet metal having 3/32-inch diameter perforations, with overall open area of 23 percent.

E. Maintain concentricity of inner duct to outer shell by mechanical means. Prevent dislocation of insulation by mechanical means. Where spiral duct grilles are indicated, provide a sleeve between the inner and outer wall of the ducts that corresponds to the opening size required by the grille.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations.

C. Cleanliness:

1. Before installing ductwork, wipe ductwork to a visibly clean condition.

2. During construction, provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork and duct taps to prevent construction dust or contaminants from entering ductwork system. Seal ends of ductwork prior to installation to keep ductwork interior clean. Remove closures only for installation of the next duct section.

Page 85: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 15 OF 21

3. For ductwork supplying Clean Rooms, Operating Rooms and other Critical Care areas, sanitize ductwork with a biocidal agent EPA approved for HVAC systems immediately prior to sealing ductwork.

4. During duration of construction, maintain the integrity of all temporary closures until air systems are activated.

D. All duct systems (except welded exhaust ductwork and double wall flue) shall be sealed. Duct shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to application of sealant. All transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall penetrations shall be sealed. All ductwork shall be sealed as per seal Class A of SMACNA Standards irrespective of the duct pressure classifications.

1. All seams and joints in shop and field fabricated ductwork of all pressures classes shall be sealed by applying one layer of sealant, then immediately spanning the joint with a single layer of 3 inches wide open weave fiberglass scrim tape. Sufficient additional sealant shall then be applied to completely embed the cloth. All ductwork pressure classes shall be sealed by applying one layer of sealant on all joints.

E. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers, controllers and other devices. Provide pitot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. Sleeve of pitot tube opening shall be no more than one inch long. Opening shall be one inch wide to accept pitot tube.

F. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities.

G. Instrument Test Hole Fitting. Provide Duro Dyne Model TH 1 instrument test ports with heavy-duty zinc-plated heavy-gage cap, instant-release wing nut, neoprene expansion plug, flat neoprene mounting bracket and mounting holes. Provide fittings to air balance contractor.

H. Slope underground ducts to plenums or low pump out points at 1:500. Provide access doors for inspection.

I. Coat buried, metal ductwork without factory jacket with one coat and seams and joints with additional coat of asphalt base protective coating.

J. Plenum Construction. Construct plenum chambers of not less than No. 20 U.S. gage metal reinforced with galvanized structural angles. Insulate as required by 23 07 13 and the drawings.

K. Project inspector shall be notified to inspect all field fabricated offsets before cover-up or external insulation is applied.

L. Wall and Floor Penetrations.

1. Install fire, smoke and combination fire smoke dampers in floor penetrations and in one and two-hour rated walls where indicated in drawings and in accordance with Specification 23 31 33.

2. Where ducts pass through walls in exposed areas, install suitable escutcheons made of galvanized sheet metal angles as closers.

Page 86: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 16 OF 21

3. At all locations where ductwork passes through floors, provide watertight sleeves projecting 3 inches above finished floor and flush with bottom of floor slab. Fabricate sleeves of 1/8 inch thick steel, galvanized after fabrication. Anchor into adjacent floor slab as required.

4. Sleeves are required inside as well as outside chases.

5. Provide 24 gage sheet metal sleeves for insulated [and non-insulated] ducts penetrating gyp board [and CMU] walls. Seal openings between ducts and sleeves with fireproofing sealants.

M. FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK

N. Low Pressure Flexible Ductwork

1. Do not exceed 6 feet in length with any flexible duct.

2. Flexible duct shall be limited to a maximum of a single 90 degree change indirection between the duct and the neck of the air device. This does not include the final turn into the neck of the air device.

3. Support ductwork independently of lights, ceiling and piping. Provide harness at connection to ceiling diffuser as indicated on details.

4. Provide two nylon panduits or stainless steel work clamps on inner core and seal connection with duct sealant. The insulation and outer jacket shall be slipped over inner core connection to point where insulation abuts insulation on duct or diffuser. The insulation connections shall be sealed by embedding scrim tap and sealant to form a vapor barrier.

O. Medium Pressure Flexible Ductwork

1. Refer to details for maximum length of flexible ductwork upstream of terminal box.

2. Do not use flexible ductwork for changes in direction of airflow.

3. Provide two stainless steel work clamps on inner core and seal connection with duct sealant. The insulation and outer jacket shall be slipped over inner core connection to point where insulation abuts insulation on duct or terminal box. The insulation connections shall be sealed by embedding scrim tap and sealant to form a vapor barrier.

P. Support flexible ducts as per SMACNA standards to prevent sags, kinks and to have 90 degree turns.

3.02 LABORATORY EXHAUST DUCTWORK

A. Butt-weld all joints and fittings using Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (“TIG”) as indicated in Part 2. Welding procedures shall meet the requirements of SMACNA’s The Managers’ Guide for Welding. The welder shall be experienced and qualified with TIG welding. Prior to welding joints are fittings, the ductwork shall be free of rust, oil, paint or other foreign materials.

B. Install ducts with an upward grade in the direction of flow. Make the grade a minimum of 1/8 inch per foot. Low places in the duct that can collect moisture will not be allowed. Use eccentric reducers, with the flat on bottom, in ductwork to maintain slope.

Page 87: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 17 OF 21

C. All welds shall be cleaned with uncontaminated stainless steel wire brush prior to inspection. Welds shall be visually inspected and meet the requirements of AWS D9.1 and SMACNA’s The Managers’ Guide for Welding.

3.03 KITCHEN (GREASE-LADEN VAPORS) EXHAUST DUCTWORK

A. Provide kitchen, (hoods over steam kettles, etc.) exhaust ductwork as specified in Part 2. Provide clearances around ductwork and install in accordance with NFPA 96 and IMC. Install ductwork without forming dips or traps. Securely fasten and support ducts at every change in direction and in accordance with NFPA96. Supports or fasteners shall not penetrate ductwork.

B. Slope ductwork per IMC. Slope ductwork not less than one-fourth unit in vertical in 12 units horizontal toward the hood for ducts less than 75 feet in length. For ducts 75 feet in length or greater, slope ductwork not less than one unit in vertical in 12 units horizontal toward the hood or approved grease reservoir.

C. Make duct to fan connection in accord with NFPA 96. Provide 1500°F rated gasket between fan and ductwork.

D. Factory Built Grease Exhaust Ductwork

1. Inner pipe joints shall be held together by means of formed vee bands and sealed with manufacturers Grease Duct Sealant.

2. All construction and supporting of the kitchen ventilation system will be in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions.

3. Store grease duct sections inside or covered adequately to protect from weather or accidental damage.

3.04 DOUBLE-WALL DUCT (HVAC) AND FITTING

A. Paint exterior of ductwork as indicated in Division 9.

B. Provide double wall ductwork in the following locations:

1. Other areas specifically indicated on drawings.

C. Contractor to coordinate opening locations and sizes in the ductwork for the spiral duct grilles.

3.05 WET EXHAUST DUCTWORK

A. This section shall apply to ductwork serving the following: Showers, Dishwash equipment, Cagewash, Tunnel Washers, Autoclaves, and other wet exhaust producing equipment.

B. Provide ductwork as specified in Part 2. Install ductwork without forming dips or traps and slope a minimum of ½-inch per foot towards ceiling grilles or equipment connection. Construction shall be watertight.

C. Terminate ductwork at exhaust fan as recommended by fan manufacturer.

Page 88: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 18 OF 21

3.06 FLUE VENTS

A. General. Install ductwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and International Building Code and Mechanical Code requirements. Maintain minimum clearances from combustible materials. Provide ventilated roof thimble, storm collar, flashing and cap. Maintain necessary clearances from vertical walls, outside air intakes and roofs per Code Requirements. Provide guy wires for any flue vent termination greater than five foot above the roof.

B. Type B Flues. All exhaust system parts exposed to the atmosphere shall be protected by a minimum of one base coat and one finished coat of paint, such as Series 4200 or 4300 heat resistance paint as manufactured by Rust-Oleum Corp.

C. Generator Exhaust.

1. Provide Type IPS Double Wall Flue.

2. The diesel exhaust assembly shall be installed with bellows joints for expansion and to minimize vibration. Install the bellows joint one pipe section below a fixed vertical support in vertical runs. Do not position where the weight of the stack will compress the bellows.

3. The diesel exhaust assembly shall be installed with relief valves per NFPA 37 to relieve pressure in the event of an explosion. Locate them as close to the muffler/silencer and without change in direction. Support independently of the exhaust system using a plate support and appropriate bracing.

4. The diesel exhaust assembly shall be installed with a flip top at the termination of the diesel exhaust stack to keep rain and debris from entering the system. Tees with a drain tee cap shall be installed at the base of vertical sections.

5. All components of the generator exhaust system shall be provided by a single manufacturer to ensure the system meets the requirements of the listing including duct supports, guides, fittings, drains, and bellows joints required to install the duct.

6. Joints to be sealed using high temperature joint sealant and installed per the manufacturer's recommendations.

3.07 DRYER EXHAUST DUCTWORK

A. Construct dryer exhaust ductwork in accordance with the International Mechanical Code. Provide sheet metal ductwork fabricated of size as recommended by dryer manufacturer, or as shown on plans. Provide cleanouts in ductwork at all changes of directions.

B. Provide cleanable lint trap as recommended by the dryer manufacturer in the ductwork that is accessible by dryer user.

C. Do not install any screws or other items that may protrude in the ductwork. Joints shall be installed so that male end of slip-fit ductwork shall extend in direction of airflow.

D. Terminate ductwork with rain cap or side wall louver as recommended by dryer manufacturer. Insulate exterior of ductwork with 1-inch insulation to minimize condensation in ductwork.

Page 89: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 19 OF 21

3.08 FLASHING

A. Where ducts pass through roofs or exterior walls, provide suitable flashing to prevent rain or air currents from entering the building. Provide flashing not less than No. 26 gage stainless steel or 16 ounce copper.

3.09 DUCT LINING

A. Fiberglass acoustical lining is not permitted to be installed on this project except as indicated in this specification or specifically shown on drawings.

B. Install per manufacturer’s recommendations. Keep internal lining clean during construction by keeping ends of ductwork sealed during storage and construction.

3.10 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS:

1. All ductwork supports shall be in accordance with Table 4-1 (rectangular duct) and Table 4-2 (round duct) of the SMACNA Standards, with all supports directly anchored to the building structure.

2. Rectangular duct shall have at least one pair of supports on minimum 8’-0" (eight feet) centers. All horizontal round and flat oval ducts shall have ducts hangers spaced 10’-0" (ten feet) maximum.

3. Lower attachment of hanger to duct shall be in accordance with Table 4-4 of the SMACNA Standards.

4. Vertical Ducts. Support ducts to ensure rigid installation. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Fig. 4-7, Fig 4-8, Fig 4-9 "Riser Supports – From Floor”. Vertical ducts shall be supported where they pass through the floor lines with 1-1/2 inch x 1-1/2 inch x 1/4 inch angles for duct widths up to 60 inches. Above 60 inches in width, the angles must be increased in strength and sized on an individual basis considering space requirements.

5. Hanger straps on duct widths 60 inches and under shall lap under the duct a minimum of 1 inch and have minimum of one fastening screw on the bottom and two on the sides.

6. Hanger straps on duct widths over 60 inches shall be bolted to duct reinforcing with 3/8 inch bolts minimum.

3.11 DUCTWORK SYSTEM CLEANING

A. Do not operate any air handling units or fan coil units during construction without filters.

B. Provide temporary filters on return air ductwork during construction to protect ductwork from dust.

C. Provide temporary filters on exhaust grilles during construction to protect ductwork from dust.

D. Do not operate laboratory exhaust fans or kitchen exhaust fans during any drywall operation to protect ductwork, hoods and laboratory control products.

Page 90: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 20 OF 21

E. Protect all ductwork and equipment from dirt during storage, installation and prior to grille, diffuser installation with protective covering at each end. If the system has been operated without scheduled filters or if the integrity of temporary closures has been compromised, Contractor shall have ductwork cleaned according to National Air Duct Cleaners Association (NADCA) Standards by a Certified Regular Member of the NADCA.

1. For ductwork supplying Clean Rooms or patient care areas, also sanitize the ductwork interior per NADCA standards with a biocidal agent approved by the EPA for use in HVAC Systems.

F. Before turning the installation over to the Owner, Contractor shall certify that the air handling systems have only been operated with scheduled filters in place. Otherwise, Contractor shall present evidence that the ductwork was cleaned as required above.

3.12 TESTING

A. All medium and high pressure duct systems (positive or negative) shall be pressure tested according to SMACNA test procedures (HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual). Notify Owner minimum seven (7) calendar days in advance of leakage testing.

1. Design pressure for testing ductwork shall be determined from the maximum pressure generated by the fan at the nominal motor horsepower selected.

2. Total allowable leakage shall not exceed 1 percent of the total system design airflow rate.

3. When partial sections of the duct system are tested, the summation of the leakage for all sections shall not exceed the total allowable leakage.

4. Leaks identified during leakage testing shall be repaired by:

a. Complete removal of the sealing materials.

b. Thorough cleaning of the joint surfaces.

c. Installation of multiple layers of sealing materials.

5. The entire ductwork system shall be tested, excluding connections upstream of the terminal units (i.e. ductwork shall be capped immediately prior to the terminal units, and tested as described above).

6. After testing has proven that ductwork is installed and performs as specified, the terminal units shall be connected to ductwork and connections sealed with extra care. Contractor shall inform the Owner when joints may be visually inspected for voids, splits, or improper sealing of the joints. If any leakage exists in the terminal unit connections/joints after the systems have been put into service, leaks shall be repaired as specified for other leaks.

7. Fixed flow measurement devices (i.e. orifice tubes, nozzles, etc.) shall have current calibration documentation showing that the device was verified to a National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) standard within the previous five years or as recommended by the manufacture and be accurate to at least +/- 2% of reading.

Page 91: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORKMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 31 00MS20190301 21 OF 21

8. Pressure measurement instrumentation (i.e. manometer) shall have current calibration documentation showing that the device was verified to a NIST standard within the previous year or as recommended by the manufacture. Instrumentation shall have an accuracy of at least +/- 2% of reading and have a resolution of 2:1 with respect to the measured pressure (i.e. resolution of 0.01 measured 0.1).

B. All low-pressure duct systems (positive or negative) shall be inspected for visible and audible signs of leakage.

1. Leaks identified by inspection shall be repaired by:

a. Complete removal of the sealing materials.

b. Thorough cleaning of the joint surfaces.

c. Installation of multiple layers of sealing materials.

2. Discrepancies found during testing and balancing between duct traverses and diffuser/grille readings shall result in re-inspection, repair and retest until discrepancies are eliminated.

C. Ductwork leakage testing and/or inspection shall be performed prior to installation of external ductwork insulation.

D. Do not test Double Wall Flue Piping or Dryer Exhaust Ductwork.

END OF SECTION 23 31 00

Page 92: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 1 OF 13

SECTION 23 33 00 - DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Perform all Work required to provide and install the following ductwork accessories indicated by the Contract Documents with supplementary items necessary for proper installation.

1. Airflow control dampers and spin-in fittings.

2. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, and combination fire and smoke dampers.

3. Flexible connections.

4. Duct access doors.

5. Screens

6. Duct test holes.

7. Guy wire systems.

8. Volume control dampers

9. Portable roof duct supports

10. Lab exhaust accessories

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

B. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

C. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references:

1. AMCA 500D – Laboratory Method of Testing Dampers for Rating.

2. AMCA 500L – Laboratory Method of Testing Louvers for Rating.

3. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.

4. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code.

5. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards.

Page 93: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 2 OF 13

6. UL 33 - Heat Responsive Links for Fire-Protection Service.

7. UL 555 – Standard for Fire Dampers.

8. UL 555C – Standard for Ceiling Dampers.

9. UL 555S – Standard for Smoke Dampers.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Provide product data for shop fabricated assemblies including, but not limited to, volume control dampers, duct access doors, and duct test holes. Provide product data for hardware used.

B. Record Documents:

1. Fire Dampers: The damper manufacturer’s literature submitted for approval prior to the installation shall include performance data developed from testing in accordance with AMCA 500D standards and shall show the pressure drops for all sizes of dampers required at anticipated air flow rates. Maximum pressure drop through fire damper shall not exceed 0.05-inch water gauge.

2. Combination Fire/Smoke Dampers: Assign identification numbers for each damper with corresponding number noted on Drawings. Provide air quantity, size, free area of damper, pressure drop and proposed velocity through each damper. Provide manufacturer’s data of damper and its accessories or options. At Owner’s request, provide two (2) dampers (18-inch x 12 inch) for the purpose of illustrating damper operation to Owner’s operating and maintenance personnel.

3. Access Doors. Include type of material, installation guidelines, leakage rates and maximum pressure data.

4. Volume Control Dampers. Include type of material, installation guidelines, pressure drop and maximum pressure data.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

2.02 MANUFACTURERS

A. Fire, Smoke and Fire/Smoke Dampers: Greenheck, Pottorff, Ruskin, Nailor, Louvers and Dampers, Inc., Prefco

1. Regulators, Locking Quadrants: Ventfabrics, Young

2. Flexible Connections: Ductmate, Ventfabrics, Mercer Rubber

B. Duct Access Doors: Ductmate, DuraSystems, Flexmaster, Greenheck, Ruskin, United McGill

Page 94: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 3 OF 13

C. Roof Duct Supports: Portable Pipe Hangers, MAPA Products

D. Conical Spin-in Fittings: Flexmaster, Buckley, Duro Dyne

E. Volume Control Dampers: Flexmaster, Greenheck, Prefco, Ruskin

2.03 AIR FLOW CONTROL DAMPERS

A. Furnish and install dampers where shown on the Drawings and wherever necessary for complete control of airflow, including all supply, return, outside air, and exhaust branches, "division" in main supply, return and exhaust ducts, and each individual air supply outlet. Where access to dampers through a permanent suspended ceiling (gypsum board) is necessary, the Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location of the access doors.

B. General Fabrication Requirements:

1. Comply with SMACNA Chapter 2, "Volume Dampers" unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Provide single blade dampers on round dampers and for rectangular dampers not exceeding 36-inches in width or 12-inches in height. Provide multiblade rectangular dampers for dampers exceeding 36-inches in width or 12-inches in height or where required due to velocity or pressure requirements.

2. Refer to Specification 23 31 00 Ductwork for application table that defines Low and Medium Pressure ductwork.

3. Provide a locking hand quadrant on all dampers. Mount quadrant regulators on stand-off mounting brackets, bases, or adapters on insulated ducts.

4. For stainless steel ductwork, provide stainless steel finish to match ductwork material.

C. Round Dampers.

1. Low Pressure. Provide single blade damper with minimum 20 gage galvanized steel frame, minimum 20 gage galvanized steel blade, continuous 3/8” square plated steel axle mechanically attached to blade, and bronze or oilite bearings. Dampers shall be suitable for 1500 feet per minute velocity and a maximum pressure of 2”W.G. when closed, and a maximum pressure drop of 0.03”W.G at 1500 feet per minute through a 20-inch damper when tested in accordance with AMCA Fig. 5.3.

2. Medium Pressure. Provide single blade damper with minimum 20 gage galvanized steel frame, minimum 14 gage (equivalent) galvanized steel blade, continuous 1/2” square plated steel axle mechanically attached to blade, and bronze or oilite bearings. Dampers shall be suitable for 3000 feet per minute velocity and a maximum pressure of 4”W.G. when closed, and a maximum pressure drop of 0.06”W.G at 2000 feet per minute through a 24-inch damper when tested in accordance with AMCA Fig. 5.3.

D. Rectangular Dampers.

1. Low Pressure Single Blade Damper (Fans systems with less than 1”W.G. Static Pressure). Provide single blade damper with minimum 3-inch x 20 gage galvanized steel frame, minimum 20 gage galvanized steel blade on dampers up to 18-inches wide, 16 gage on dampers over 18-inches wide. Provide a continuous 3/8” square plated steel axle mechanically attached to blade, and synthetic flanged sleeve type bearing. Dampers shall be suitable for 1500 feet per minute velocity and a maximum pressure of 1”W.G. when closed.

Page 95: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 4 OF 13

2. Low Pressure Multi-Blade Damper. Provide opposed multi-blade damper with minimum 5-inch x 16 gage galvanized steel frame, minimum 16 gage triple V galvanized steel blade. Provide a continuous 1/2” square plated steel axle mechanically attached to blade and external (out of airstream) blade-to-blade linkage. Provide bronze or oilite bearings. Dampers shall be suitable for 1500 feet per minute velocity and a maximum pressure of 3”W.G. for up to a 24-inch wide damper when closed. Damper shall have a maximum pressure drop of 0.1”W.G. at 1500 feet per minute through a 24-inch x 24-inch damper.

3. [Medium Pressure Damper. Provide opposed multi-blade damper with minimum 5-inch x 1-inch 16 gage galvanized steel channel frame. Blades shall be minimum 16 gage triple V galvanized steel blade. Provide a continuous 1/2” square plated steel axle mechanically attached to blade and external (out of airstream) blade-to-blade linkage. Provide bronze or oilite bearings. Dampers shall be suitable for 3000 feet per minute velocity and a maximum pressure of 5”W.G. for up to a 24-inch wide damper when closed. Damper shall have a maximum pressure drop of 0.16”W.G. at 2000 feet per minute through a 24-inch x 24-inch damper when tested in accordance with AMCA Fig. 5.3.]

4. [Low Pressure Drop Medium Pressure Damper. Provide opposed multi-blade damper with minimum 4-inch x 1-inch 0.125-inch thick aluminum channel frame. Blades shall be extruded aluminum airfoil type, minimum 0.125-inch thick. Provide a continuous 1/2” square plated steel axle mechanically attached to blade and linkage concealed in jamb. Provide bronze or oilite bearings. Dampers shall be suitable for 5000 feet per minute velocity and a maximum pressure of 5”W.G. for up to a 24-inch wide damper when closed. Damper shall have a maximum pressure drop of 0.1”W.G. at 2000 feet per minute through a 24-inch x 24-inch damper when tested in accordance with AMCA Fig. 5.3.]

E. Splitter Dampers. Fabricate splitter dampers of minimum 16 gauge thickness sheet metal to streamline shape. Secure blade with continuous hinge or rod. Operate with minimum 1/4” diameter rod in self-aligning, universal joint action flanged bushing with set screw. Control splitter with locking quadrants on exposed externally insulated ductwork.

F. Conical Spin-in fittings

G. Spin-in fittings may be used for duct taps to air devices and shall include dampers on all duct to air devices (diffusers and grilles) even if a volume damper is specified for the air device. Spin-in fittings shall be similar to Flexmaster CBD with BO3 including a 2 inch buildout, nylon bushings, locking quadrant similar to Duro Dyne KR-3, and a 3/8 inch square rod connected to the damper with U-bolts. Spin-in fittings shall be sealed at the duct tap with sealant as specified herein. Locate spin-in fittings to minimize flexible duct lengths and sharp bends.

H. For stainless steel ductwork, provide stainless steel finish to match ductwork material.

2.04 FIRE DAMPERS

A. Each fire damper shall be constructed and tested in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Safety Standard 555, latest edition. Dampers shall possess a 1-1/2 hour or 3 hour (as appropriate for the construction shown in the architectural Drawings) protection rating, 165 degrees F fusible link, and shall bear a U.L. label in accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories labeling procedures. Construct fire dampers such that damper frame material and curtain material are galvanized and 304 stainless steel for dampers serving untreated outside air.

Page 96: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 5 OF 13

B. Fire dampers shall be curtain blade type and damper shall be constructed so that the blades are out of the air stream to provide 100 percent free area of duct in which the damper is housed (Type B).

C. Use Curtain Type Fire Dampers for fire dampers where possible. Use Multiple Blade Fire Dampers for fire damper sizes that exceed manufacturer’s allowable Curtain Type Fire Damper sizes, or where velocities or pressures exceed Curtain Type Fire Dampers.

D. Equip fire dampers for vertical or horizontal installation as required by location shown on Drawings. Install fire dampers in wall and floor openings utilizing steel sleeves, angles and other material and practices as required to provide an installation equivalent to that utilized by the manufacturer when the respective dampers were tested by Underwriters Laboratories. Mounting angles shall be provided and installed per manufacturer’s instructions. Damper shall have 5” frame constructed of minimum 20 gauge galvanized steel. Blades shall be minimum 24 gauge galvanized steel. Closure spring shall be Type 301 stainless steel, constant force or spring clip type. Damper shall be classified for dynamic closure to 2000 fpm and 4 inches w.g. static pressure.

E. Completely seal the damper assembly to the building components using manufacturer recommended material(s).

F. Provide Grille or Grille Access Type fire dampers where indicated on drawings or as required as part of the contractor’s coordination. Provide Out of Wall Type frame only with specific owner and A/E approval.

2.05 COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS

A. Each combination fire/smoke damper shall be 1-1/2 hour or 3 hour (as appropriate for the construction shown in the architectural drawings) fire rated under UL Standard 555, Current Edition, and shall be further classified by Underwriters Laboratories as a Leakage Rated Damper for use in smoke control systems under the latest version of UL555S, and bear a UL label attesting to same. Damper manufacturer shall have tested and qualified with UL, a complete range of damper sizes covering all dampers required by this Specification. Testing and UL qualifying a single damper size is not acceptable. The leakage rating under UL555S shall be no higher than Leakage Class I (4 CFM per square foot at one-inch water gauge pressure and 8 CFM per square foot at 4 inches water gauge pressure). Maximum air pressure drop through each combination fire/smoke damper shall not exceed 0.10-inch water gauge at 2,000 feet per minute through a 24 x 24 inch damper. All ratings shall be dynamic.

B. Damper frame shall be minimum 16-gage galvanized steel formed into a structural hat channel shape with tabbed corners for reinforcement, as approved in testing by Underwriters Laboratories. Bearings shall be integral high surface area non electrolytic materials construction to incorporate a friction free frame blade lap seal, or molybdenum disulfide impregnated stainless steel or bronze oilite sleeve type turning in an extruded hole in the frame or an extruded frame raceway. Dampers may be either parallel or opposed blade type. Blades shall be airfoil type and constructed with a minimum of 14-gage equivalent thickness. Blade edge seal material shall be able to withstand 450 degrees F. Jamb seals shall be flexible stainless steel compression type or lap seal type.

Page 97: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 6 OF 13

C. In addition to the leakage ratings specified herein, combination fire/smoke dampers and their operators shall be qualified under UL555S to an elevated temperature of 350 degrees F. Electric operators shall be installed by the damper manufacturer at the time of damper fabrication. Damper and operator shall be supplied as a single entity that meets all applicable UL555 and UL555S qualifications for both dampers and operators. Manufacturer shall provide a factory-assembled sleeve.

D. As part of the UL qualification, dampers shall have demonstrated a capacity to operate (open and close) under HVAC system operation conditions, with pressures at least 6 inches water gauge in the closed position, and 3000 fpm air velocity in the open position for damper sizes up to a 120”x96” for vertical installation and 144”x96” for horizontal installation.

E. Each combination fire/smoke damper, except as noted hereinafter, shall be equipped with a UL Classified firestat/releasing device. The firestat/releasing device shall electrically lock the damper in a closed position when the duct temperatures exceed 165 degrees F and still allow the appropriate authority to operate the damper as may be required for smoke control functions. Damper must be operable while the temperature is above 350 degrees F. Actuator/operator package shall include two damper position indicator switches linked directly to damper blade to provide capability of remotely indicating damper position. One switch shall close when the damper is fully open, and the other switch shall close when the damper is fully closed. The firestat/releasing device and position indicator switches shall be capable of interfacing electrically with the smoke detectors, building fire alarm system, and remote indicating/control stations or building automation system (BAS).

F. Temperature Release Device. Close in a controlled manner and lock damper during test, smoke detection, power failure, or fire conditions through actuator closure spring. At no time shall actuator disengage from damper blades. Allow damper to be automatically and remotely reset after test or power failure conditions. After exposure to high temperature or fire, inspect damper before reset to ensure proper operation. Controlled closing and locking of damper in 7 to 15 seconds to allow duct pressure to equalize. Instantaneous closure is not acceptable.

G. Actuators for operation of smoke dampers shall be smoke system fail safe, spring return normally open supplies and normally closed returns, or as indicated on the Drawings, and shall be furnished and installed by the damper manufacturer as required by the U.L. rating mentioned above. Actuators shall be electric[120V] [24V], 60 Hz to match the type of temperature control system specified elsewhere in this Specification. Furnish all required relays, EP switches, wiring and other labor and material necessary to completely interconnect the smoke detector system.

H. Furnish each damper in a square or rectangular configuration. Furnish and install sleeves manufactured by the approved damper manufacturer for each damper. Construct sleeves with square or rectangular to square, rectangular, round, or oval adapters as required. Dampers shall be installed in the sleeves in accordance with manufacturer’s U.L. installation instructions. The entire assembly, following installation, shall operate smoothly.

I. Each combination fire/smoke damper shall be equipped with a Damper Test Switch. The damper test switch will have the ability to “cycle test” the fire/smoke damper by pushing and holding the test button until the damper has cycled.

J. Dampers shall have a minimum 5-year warranty.

K. Completely seal the damper assembly to the building components using manufacturer recommended material(s).

Page 98: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 7 OF 13

2.06 SMOKE DAMPERS

A. Each smoke damper shall be dynamic rated type and shall be further classified by Underwriters Laboratories as a Leakage Rated Damper for use in smoke control systems under the latest version of UL555S, and bear a UL label attesting to same. Damper manufacturer shall have tested, and qualified with UL, a complete range of damper sizes covering all dampers required by this Specification. Testing and UL qualifying a single damper size is not acceptable. Leakage rating under UL555S shall be no higher than Leakage Class I (4 CFM per square foot at one-inch water gauge pressure and 8 CFM per square foot at 4 inches water gauge pressure). Maximum air pressure drop through each smoke damper shall not exceed 0.10-inch water gauge at 2,000 feet per minute through a 24 x 24 inch damper. All ratings shall be dynamic.

B. Damper frame shall be minimum 16-gauge galvanized formed into a structural hat channel shape with corner braces for reinforcement, as approved in testing by Underwriters Laboratories. Bearings shall be stainless steel sleeve type turning in an extruded hole in the frame or an extruded frame raceway. Dampers shall be opposed blade type. Blades shall be constructed from minimum 14 gauge equivalent galvanized steel. Blades shall be airfoil shaped double skin construction. Blade edge seal material shall be silicone rubber designed to withstand 450 degrees F. Jamb seals shall be aluminum flexible metal compression type.

C. In addition to the leakage ratings specified herein, smoke dampers and their operators shall be qualified under UL555S to an elevated temperature of 350 degrees F.

Two position coordinate 120V or 24V power with floor plan and available power, 60 Hz electric operators shall be installed by the damper manufacturer at the time of damper fabrication.

Damper and operator shall be supplied as a single entity that meets all applicable UL555 and UL555S qualifications for both dampers and operators.

D. As part of the UL qualification, dampers shall have demonstrated a capacity to operate (open and close) under HVAC system operation conditions, with pressures of at least 6 inches water gauge in the closed position, and 3000 fpm air velocity in the open position for damper sizes up to a 120”x96” for vertical installation and 144”x96” for horizontal installation.

E. The damper must be operable while the temperature is above 350 degrees F. The actuator/operator package shall include two damper position indicator switches linked directly to damper blade to provide capability of remotely indicating damper position. One switch shall close when the damper is fully open, and the other switch shall close when the damper is fully closed. Position indicator switches shall be capable of interfacing electrically with the smoke detectors, building fire alarm systems, and remote indicating/control stations (BAS).

F. Actuators for operation of smoke dampers shall be smoke system fail safe, spring return or as indicated on the Drawings, and shall be furnished and installed by the damper manufacturer as required by the UL rating mentioned above. Actuators shall be electric to match the type of temperature control system specified elsewhere in this Specification. Furnish all required relays, EP switches, wiring and other labor and material necessary to completely interconnect the smoke detector system.

G. Furnish each damper in a square or rectangular configuration. Furnish and install sleeves manufactured by the approved damper manufacturer for each damper. Construct sleeves with square or rectangular to square, rectangular, round, or oval adapters as required. Install dampers in the sleeves in accordance with manufacturer’s UL installation instructions. Entire assembly, following installation, shall operate smoothly.

Page 99: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 8 OF 13

H. Each smoke damper shall be equipped with a Damper Test Switch. The damper test switch will have the ability to “cycle test” the smoke damper by pushing and holding the test button until the damper has cycled.

I. Completely seal the damper assembly to the building components.

2.07 FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS

A. Where ducts connect to fans, air handling units, and fan coil units, flexible connections shall be made using fabric or rubber that is temperature-resistant, fire-resistant, waterproof, mildew-resistant and airtight. For indoor applications, flexible connection fabric shall be fiberglass with a neoprene coating. For outdoor applications, flexible connection fabric shall be fiberglass with a Hypalon coating. Fabric shall be crimped into minimum 28 gauge metal edging strips. Rubber flexible connections shall be constructed of flanges matching the material of the ductwork. For indoor applications use a neoprene rubber cover and tube with the recommended reinforcement material. For outdoor applications use a Hypalon rubber cover and tube with the recommended reinforcement material.

B. ACCESS DOORS

C. Furnish and install in the ductwork, hinged rectangular, pressure relief, or round "spin-in" access doors to provide access to all fire dampers, mixed air plenums, steam reheat coils (install upstream), automatic dampers, etc.

D. Where ductwork is insulated, access doors shall be double skin doors with one inch (1") of insulation in the door.

E. Where duct size permits, doors shall be eighteen inches (18") by sixteen inches (16"), or eighteen inches in diameter, and shall be provided with Ventlok No. 260 latches (latches are not required in round doors). For duct sizes under 20-inches, provide access door 2-inches smaller than duct size. For ducts 12-inches wide, provide minimum 10” x 12”.

F. Latches for rectangular doors smaller than 18 inch x 16 inch shall be Ventlok No. 100 or 140.

G. Doors for zone heating coils shall be Ventlok, stamped, insulated access doors, minimum 10-inch x 12 inch, complete with latch and two (2) hinges, or twelve inches (12") in diameter.

H. Round access doors shall be "Inspector Series" spin-in type door as manufactured by Flexmaster USA.

I. Doors for personnel access to ductwork shall be nominal twenty-four inches (24") in diameter. Doors may be fabricated in a local approved sheet metal shop in accordance with SMACNA Standards.

J. Where access doors are installed above a suspended ceiling, this Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location of ceiling access doors.

K. Grease-Laden Vapor Exhaust Ductwork Access Doors

1. Grease duct access doors shall be as manufactured by Dura Systems Barriers Inc.

2. Access door shall be constructed of same material and same thickness as grease exhaust ductwork and be UL Listed.

Page 100: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 9 OF 13

3. Access panels shall have a gasket or sealant that is rated for 1500ºF and shall be grease tight.

4. Fasteners, such as bolts, weld studs, latches or wing nuts, used to secure the access panels shall be of carbon steel or stainless steel and must not penetrate the duct walls.

5. Access doors shall be suitable for zero clearance fire rated insulation when required. Refer to Specification 23 07 13 External Duct Insulation for coordination.

6. For factory built grease exhaust ductwork, provide access doors manufactured by the ductwork manufacturer.

2.08 SCREENS

A. Furnish and install screens on all duct, fan, etc., openings furnished by this Contractor which lead to, or are located outdoors.

B. Screens shall be No. 16 gage, one-half inch (1/2") mesh in removable galvanized steel frame.

C. Provide safety screens meeting OSHA requirements for protection of maintenance personnel on all fan inlets and fan outlets to which no ductwork is connected.

2.09 GUY WIRE SYSTEM

A. Provide 1/4-inch diameter American Aircraft Steel Cable (plastic coated) with clip for vertical stack off utility fans on roof, with eyebolts for attachment to anchor systems on the roof.

2.10 ROOF DUCT SUPPORTS:

A. Engineered, portable system specifically designed for installation without the need for roof penetrations or flashings, and without causing damage to the roofing membrane. Factory fabricated to support exact duct sizes to be installed.

B. Design system using minimum 14 inch x 16 inch high density polyethylene or 14 gauge stainless steel bases.

C. Provide 1-5/8 inch or 1-7/8 inch 12 gage stainless steel structural steel framing, as required for loading conditions. Framing shall be 3-sided or tubular shape with mill finish.

D. Provide stainless steel clamps, bolts, nuts, washers, and other devices as required for a complete system.

2.11 LABORATORY EXHAUST ACCESSORIES

A. Low-Leakage Isolation Damper (Gas Tight Dampers for Type IIB2 and IIB1 Hoods)

1. Acceptable Manufactures

a. NuAire

b. Greenheck

c. Flanders

d. Ruskin

Page 101: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 10 OF 13

2. Dampers shall be a gas tight, positive seal, isolation type shall not exceed a leakage rate of 0.029 cfm/inch of circumference of blade at 10 inches water gage. The design pressure of the damper shall be 10 inch water gage. Damper housings shall be cylindrical and constructed of 10 ga., T-304 stainless steel. Blade shall consist of two 10 ga. T-304 stainless steel plates with a closed cell neoprene rubber gasket between them. Blade seal shall occur when the neoprene gasket seats against the inside of the 10 ga. housing wall. The damper shall be all weld design. All "pressure retaining" weld joints and seams shall be continuously welded" weld joints and seams requiring only intermittent welds by design shall not be continuously welded. As a minimum, all weld joints and seams shall be wire brushed and/or buffed to remove heat discoloration, burrs and sharp edges. All welding procedures, welders, and welder operators shall be qualified in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX.

3. Flanges: Minimum of 1-1/2" wide. Factory drilled bolt holes (7/16' diameter) shall be no more than 4" apart as recommended in ERDA 76-21, "Nuclear Air Cleaning Handbook."

4. Frame: 10 ga. (min) T-304 stainless steel (unpainted).

5. Shaft & Linkage Components: All components of the blade are manufactured from 300 Series stainless steel. Shafts are 1/4" diameter (mm.) stainless steel rod with shaft seals.

6. Manual (M): Manual actuator shall be a 1/2 turn worm geared actuator with handwheel. Actuator has aluminum base and cover Rated output torque shall be 2000 inch pounds with a gear ratio of 301. Actuator shall be fully lubricated and self-locking to hold in any position.

7. Damper shall be manufactured under a quality assurance program that addresses the requirements of ANSI/ASME NQA-1, "Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Facilities." All production welds shall be visually inspected per CSC's standard procedure number P-122, "Visual Inspection of Welds," which incorporates the workmanship acceptance criteria described in Section 4 and 5 of AWS D9 1, "Specification for Welding of Sheet Metal." The damper blade shall be tested in the ANSI/ASME N-510-1980, "Testing of Nuclear Air Cleaning Systems." Blade shall not exceed a leakage rate of 0.029 cfm/inch of circumference of blade. The complete pressure boundary (damper housing) shall be tested same as the blade, except the maximum leak rate shall be 0.005 cfm/sq.ft. of housing surface.

8. Dampers shall be equal to NuAire Model NU940.

B. C.A.T.S. E-Z Joint Connector. Provide Type 316L stainless steel round duct joint connector for connection of ductwork at lab exhaust valve as indicated in drawing details. Product shall be manufactured by Standard Sheet Metal Works. System shall consist of ½” flanged end duct connectors meeting requirements of SMACNA, and suitable up to 30”W.G. positive/negative pressure. System shall include Nitril/PVC blend gasketing.

C. Fernco Fitting. Provide Fernco coupling at fume hood connection as indicated in drawing details. Coupling shall resistant to UV and conform to ASTM D5926. Provide two stainless steel clamps for connection to ductwork. Coupling shall be suitable for temperatures between -30°F and 140°F and pressures up 4.3 psig.

Page 102: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 11 OF 13

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations.

C. Provide balancing dampers at points on low pressure supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air balancing.

D. Provide all dampers furnished by the BAS Provider in strict accordance with manufacturer’s written installation instruction and requirements of these Specifications.

E. Provide fire dampers, and combination fire and smoke dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges.

1. Instructions to A/E and Contractor:

a. Fire dampers, smoke dampers and combination fire smoke dampers should not be installed where ducts pass through non fire/smoke rated architectural or structural components. Remove all existing or new fire and smoke dampers and combination fire smoke dampers from non-fire rated architectural or structural constructions.

F. Provide motorized isolation dampers on inlets and outlets as required by the latest adopted state energy code.

G. Flex connectors are not required at equipment with internally isolated fans.

H. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after duct mounted filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, smoke dampers, fire/smoke dampers, upstream of air flow measuring stations, downstream from manual dampers (not spin-in fittings) and elsewhere as indicated on Drawings. Provide minimum 8 x 8 inch (200 x 200 mm) size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch (450 x 450 mm) size for shoulder access, and as indicated.

I. Provide duct test holes where indicated and where required for testing and balancing purposes.

1. Furnish and install Ventlok No. 699 instrument test holes in the return air duct and in the discharge duct of each fan unit.

2. Install test holes in locations as required to measure pressure drops across each item in the system, e.g., outside air louvers, filters, fans, coils, intermediate points in duct runs, etc.

J. Access doors as specified elsewhere shall be provided for access to all parts of the fire and combination fire and smoke dampers. Doors shall open not less than 90 degrees following installation and shall be insulated type where installed in insulated ducts.

K. Label access doors according to Section 20 05 53 to indicate the purpose of access door.

Page 103: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 12 OF 13

L. Grease-Laden Vapor Exhaust Ductwork Access Doors. Provide access doors where required per NFPA96 and IMC. This includes:

1. Spaced at not more than 12-foot intervals for access doors smaller than 20x20 inches in horizontal ductwork.

2. Every change in direction of horizontal duct.

3. Openings in vertical ducts at every floor or on the top of the vertical riser if personnel entry is possible.

4. Within 3-feet of exhaust fans with horizontal connected ductwork.

M. Install each fire and combination fire and smoke damper square and true to the building. The installation shall not place pressure on the damper frame but shall enclose the damper as required by UL555 and UL555S. Handle damper using sleeve or frame. Do not lift damper using blades, actuator, or jackshaft.

N. Roof Duct Supports

1. Prior to any work taking place, all work shall be approved by the owner and roofing contractor.

2. Verify that roofing system is complete and that roof surfaces are smooth, flat, and ready to receive work of this Section. Verify that roof surface temperature is at minimum 60°F for proper adhesive performance.

3. Clean surfaces of roof in areas to receive portable support bases. Remove gravel from gravel surfaced roofs. Remove dirt, dust, oils, and other foreign materials. Prime roofing membrane with a primer compatible with existing components in the roofing system.

4. Locate bases and support framing as indicated on drawings and as specified herein. Provide complete and adequate support of all ducts, whether or not all required devices are shown. Install framing at spacing indicated, but in no case at greater than 15 ft on center. Accurately locate and align bases. Set in adhesive if required by manufacturer's installation instructions. Where applicable, replace gravel around bases. Set framing posts into bases and assemble framing structure as indicated. Use stainless steel fasteners for stainless steel framing. Install ductwork as shown on details.

O. Flexible Connections

1. Install at connections between ductwork and motor driven equipment as shown. Provide a minimum of 1 inch slack in the connections, and a minimum of 2 1/2 inches distance between the edges of the ducts and equipment. Securely fasten flexible connections to equipment and to adjacent ductwork by means of sealant with sheet metal screws. Where flex ductwork is connected to oval collars in diffusers and plenums, provide a metal transition fitting from oval to round.

3.02 TESTING

A. After each fire damper, smoke damper and combination fire and smoke damper has been installed and sealed in their prescribed openings and prior to installation of ceilings, Contractor shall, as directed by Owner, activate part or all dampers as required to verify “first-time” closure. The activation must be scheduled as part of the commissioning and witnessed by an institutional representative.

Page 104: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCTWORK ACCESSORIESMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 33 00MS20190301 13 OF 13

B. Activation of damper shall be accomplished by manually operating the resettable link, disconnecting the linkage at the fire damper fusible link, and manually operating the fire/smoke damper through electronic controls.

C. Failure of damper to close properly and smoothly on the first attempt will be cause to replace the entire damper assembly.

D. Coordinate smoke damper system interlock requirements with the fire alarm system.

END OF SECTION 23 33 00

Page 105: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 1 OF 16

SECTION 23 34 00 - HVAC FANS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Perform all Work required to provide and install the following fans indicated by the Contract Documents with supplementary items necessary for proper installation.

1. Centrifugal roof, up-blast, and sidewall exhauster.

2. Centrifugal roof, down-blast exhauster

3. Centrifugal roof supply fan.

4. Utility/Vent sets.

5. Make-up air unit.

6. Centrifugal up-blast grease hood exhaust fan.

7. Tube axial up-blast smoke control exhaust fan.

8. Air Curtain Unit.

9. Tubular Inline Centrifugal fan.

10. Square Inline Centrifugal fan.

11. Mixed Flow Fan.

12. Propeller Wall Fan.

13. Cabinet Exhaust Fan.

14. Air Curtains

15. Motors and drives.

16. Supplemental Equipment

17. Accessories.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

B. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

Page 106: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 2 OF 16

C. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references:

1. AFBMA 9 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.

2. AFBMA 11 - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.

3. AMCA 99 - Standards Handbook.

4. ACMA 203 - Fan Application Manual - Field Performance Measurements.

5. AMCA 204 - Balance Quality and Vibration Levels For Fans

6. AMCA 210 - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating.

7. AMCA 300 - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans.

8. AMCA 301 - Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data.

9. ACMA 803 – Site Performance Test Standards – Power Plant and Industrial Fans.

10. NEMA MG1 - Motors and Generators.

11. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

12. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.

13. UL 705 – Power Ventilators.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Performance Ratings: Conform to AMCA 210 and bear the AMCA Certified Rating Seal.

B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bear AMCA Certified Sound Rating Seal. Supply fans with sound ratings below the maximums permitted by AMCA standards. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99.

C. Performance Base: Project site elevation. Fans shall be capable of operating stably at reduced loads imposed by means of variable speed drives, inlet guide vanes or controlling pitch of fan blades.

D. Fan Efficiency

1. For fans greater than 5 HP, the fans shall have a fan efficiency grade (FEG) of 67 or higher based on manufacturers’ certified data, as defined by AMCA 205. The total efficiency of the fan at the design point of operation shall be within 15 percentage points of the maximum total efficiency of the fan.

E. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

F. NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards.

Page 107: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 3 OF 16

G. Kitchen (Grease) exhaust fans shall comply with NFPA-96, Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations and UL 762 Power Ventilator for Restaurant Exhaust Appliances.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Submittal data for approval for all fans of every description furnished under this section of these Specifications.

2. Provide literature that indicates dimensions, weights, required clearances, capacities, ratings, fan performance, gages and finishes of materials, special coatings and construction, electrical characteristics and connection requirements.

3. Fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted. The recommended range of operation shall be stable.

4. Data on sound power levels for both fan inlet and outlet at rated capacity.

5. Provide the fan’s fan efficiency grade, peak total efficiency and operating efficiency as defined by AMCA 205.

6. All data on fan accessories.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data:

1. Manufacturer's installation instructions and operating and maintenance data.

a. Submit under provisions of Division 01.

b. Include instructions for lubrication, motor and drive replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to the Project Site under provisions of Division 01 and Division 20.

B. Accept products on Site in factory-fabricated protective containers or coverings, with factory-installed shipping skids and lifting lugs. Inspect for damage.

C. Store in clean dry place and protect motors, shafts, and bearings from weather, construction dust and construction traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components, enclosures, and finish.

D. Check and maintain equipment on a monthly basis to ensure equipment is being stored in accordance with manufacturer’s recommended practices. Additionally, during each check, fans and motors shall be rotated and greased and shafts shall be left approximately 180 degrees from that of previous month. Maintain storage records that indicate these maintenance requirements have been met.

Page 108: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 4 OF 16

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Fans shall be either belt or direct drive as scheduled on Drawings.

C. Select fans such that they do not increase motor size, increase noise level, or increase tip speed by more than 10 percent, or increase inlet air velocity by more than 20 percent, from specified criteria. Provide fans capable of accommodating static pressure variations of plus or minus 10 percent.

D. Statically and dynamically balance fans to eliminate vibration or noise transmission to occupied areas.

2.02 MANUFACTURERS

A. Custom Air Products (CAPS)

B. Carnes.

C. Greenheck.

D. Loren-Cook.

E. Twin City Fan & Blower.

F. Acme Engineering & Mfg. Corp.

G. Chicago Blower Corp.

H. Peerless Blowers.

2.03 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF, UPBLAST, AND SIDEWALL EXHAUSTER

A. General. Fan shall be a spun aluminum, roof or sidewall mounted, direct or belt driven, up-blast centrifugal exhaust ventilator.

B. Construction. The fan shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. The spun aluminum structural components shall be constructed of minimum 16-gauge marine alloy aluminum, bolted to a rigid aluminum support structure. The aluminum base shall have a one-piece inlet spinning and continuously welded curb cap corners for maximum leak protection. The windband shall have a rolled bead for added strength. A two-piece top cap shall have stainless steel quick release latches to provide access into the motor compartment without the use of tools. An integral conduit chase shall be provided into the motor compartment to facilitate wiring connections. For belt driven units, the motor, bearings and drives shall be mounted on a minimum 14-gauge steel power assembly, isolated from the unit structure with rubber vibration isolators. These components shall be enclosed in a weather-tight compartment, separated from the exhaust airstream.

C. Wheel. Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of 100 percent aluminum, including a precision machined cast aluminum hub. Wheel inlet shall overlap an aerodynamic aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05.

Page 109: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 5 OF 16

D. Fan Motor, Bearings and Drives. Motor shall be Nema design B with class B insulation rated for continuous duty and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Bearings shall be ball type selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, non-static type. Drives shall be precision machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Drives shall be sized for 150% of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan RPM.

E. Supply a disconnect switch on all 120V/1ph and 277/1ph fans and have the switch and motor factory wired to the junction box.

F. Options.

1. Dampers.

a. Motorized Dampers. Provide 120V motorized backdraft dampers with curb flanges where indicated on schedule. Damper size shall be full size of duct connection or full size of curb opening if curb opening is smaller than the ductwork.

b. Gravity Dampers. Provide gravity backdraft dampers with curb flanges where indicated on schedule. Damper size shall be full size of duct connection or full size of curb opening if curb opening is smaller than the ductwork

2. Provide speed controllers on all direct drive fans.

3. Auto Belt Tensioner. Provide an automatic tensioning device that adjusts for the correct belt tension, only for single belt drives.

2.04 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF DOWN-BLAST EXHAUSTER

A. General. Fan shall be a spun aluminum, roof mounted, direct or belt driven, down-blast centrifugal exhaust ventilator.

B. Construction. The fan shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. The spun aluminum structural components shall be constructed of minimum 16-gauge marine alloy aluminum, bolted to a rigid aluminum support structure. The aluminum base shall have continuously welded curb cap corners for maximum leak protection. The discharge baffle shall have a rolled bead for added strength. A two-piece top cap shall have stainless steel quick release latches to provide access into the motor compartment without the use of tools. An integral conduit chase shall be provided through the curb cap and into the motor compartment to facilitate wiring connections. For belt driven units, the motor, bearings and drives shall be mounted on a minimum 14-gauge steel power assembly, isolated from the unit structure with rubber vibration isolators. These components shall be enclosed in a weather-tight compartment, separated from the exhaust airstream.

C. Wheel. Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of 100 percent aluminum, including a precision machined cast aluminum hub. Wheel inlet shall overlap an aerodynamic aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05.

Page 110: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 6 OF 16

D. Fan Motor, Bearings and Drives. Motor shall be Nema design B with class B insulation rated for continuous duty and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Bearings shall be ball type selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, non-static type. Drives shall be precision machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Drives shall be sized for 150% of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan RPM.

E. Supply a disconnect switch on all 120V/1ph and 277/1ph fans and have the switch and motor factory wired to the junction box.

F. Options.

1. Dampers.

a. Motorized Dampers. Provide 120V motorized backdraft dampers with curb flanges where indicated on schedule. Damper size shall be full size of duct connection or full size of curb opening if curb opening is smaller than the ductwork.

b. Gravity Dampers. Provide gravity backdraft dampers with curb flanges where indicated on schedule. Damper size shall be full size of duct connection or full size of curb opening if curb opening is smaller than the ductwork.

2. Provide speed controllers on all direct drive fans.

3. Auto Belt Tensioner. Provide an automatic tensioning device that adjusts for the correct belt tension, only for single belt drives.

2.05 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF SUPPLY FAN

A. General. Fan shall be a hooded, roof mounted, belt driven, centrifugal filtered supply fan.

B. Construction. The fan shall be of bolted construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. Housing shall be minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel, bolted to a minimum 16 gauge steel fan base with prepunched mounting holes. Unit shall be provided with an insulated top cover and 1" washable permanent aluminum filters. Internal blower and motor assembly shall be mounted on rubber vibration isolators.

C. Wheel. Wheel shall be DWDI centrifugal forward curved type, constructed of painted steel. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05.

D. Fan Motor, bearings and drives. Motor shall be Nema Design B with Class B insulation rated for continuous duty and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Bearings shall be ball bearing type selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, static conducting. Drives shall be precision machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Drives shall be sized for 150% of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan RPM.

E. Supply a disconnect switch on all 120V/1ph and 277/1ph fans and have the switch and motor factory wired to the junction box.

F. Options.

1. Dampers.

Page 111: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 7 OF 16

a. Motorized Dampers. Provide 120V motorized backdraft dampers with curb flanges where indicated on schedule. Damper size shall be full size of duct connection or full size of curb opening if curb opening is smaller than the ductwork.

b. Gravity Dampers. Provide gravity backdraft dampers with curb flanges where indicated on schedule. Damper size shall be full size of duct connection or full size of curb opening if curb opening is smaller than the ductwork.

2. Provide speed controllers on all direct drive fans.

3. Auto Belt Tensioner. Provide an automatic tensioning device that adjusts for the correct belt tension, only for single belt drives.

2.06 UTILITY/VENT SETS

A. General. Fan shall be a single width, single inlet, backward inclined airfoil, belt driven centrifugal vent set.

B. Construction. The fan shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. The scroll wrapper shall be a minimum 14-gauge steel and the scroll side panels shall be a minimum 12-gauge steel. The entire fan housing shall have continuously welded seams for leakproof operation. A performance cut-off shall be furnished to prevent the recirculation of air in the fan housing. The fan housing shall be field rotatable to any one of eight discharge positions and shall have a minimum 1-1/2-inch outlet discharge flange. Bearing support shall be minimum 10-gauge welded steel. Side access inspection ports shall be provided with quick release latches for access to the motor compartment without removing the weather cover. Lifting lugs shall be provided for ease of installation.

C. Wheel. Wheel shall be steel centrifugal airfoil blade type. Blades shall be continuously welded to the backplate and deep spun inlet shroud. Wheel hub shall be keyed and securely attached to the fan shaft. Wheel inlet shall overlap an aerodynamic aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05.

D. Fan Motor, Bearing and Drive. Motor shall be Nema design B with class B insulation rated for continuous duty and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Bearings shall be designed and tested specifically for use in air handling applications. Construction shall be heavy duty regreasable ball or roller type in a cast iron pillow block housing selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, static conducting. Drives shall be precision machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Drives shall be sized for 150% of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan RPM.

E. Shaft. Blower shaft shall be AISI C-1045 hot rolled and accurately turned, ground and polished. Shafting shall be sized for a critical speed of at least 125 percent of maximum RPM.

2.07 MAKE-UP AIR UNIT

A. Unit: Internal frame type construction of G90 galvanized steel with all metal-to-metal surfaces sealed. All components shall be accessible through removable panels. Provide unit on prefabricated roof curb. Installed unit shall be in total compliance with NFPA 96.

Page 112: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 8 OF 16

B. Where scheduled, electrical, hot water, steam, gas-fired, chilled water, or direct expansion (DX) coils shall be installed in unit. Water and steam coils shall be rated in accordance with ARI 410. Electric coils shall be UL listed with integral heater control cabinet and a separate power connection for the coils. Downstream components of tempered units shall be double wall construction and insulated in accordance with local energy codes.

C. Fan Section: Forward curved, double width double inlet, with heavy gage galvanized steel housing; resiliently mounted motor and drive assembly.

D. Weather Hood: Construct of G90 galvanized steel with 1-inch washable, aluminum, permanent type as furnished with unit at unit intake. Extended weatherhood shall be provided where necessary to ensure minimum ten (10) foot separation between air intake and exhaust air. Weather hood extensions shall be mounted on adjustable legs.

E. Electrical: All electrical components shall be factory wired for a single point power connection. Control center shall include motor starter, control circuit fusing, control transformer (120VAC), integral door interlocking disconnect switch with separate motor fusing and terminal strip with overload protected motor.

F. Backdraft Damper: Gravity activated or motorized as indicated. Where type is not indicated on Drawings or Specifications, provide gravity-activated damper.

2.08 CENTRIFUGAL UPBLAST GREASE HOOD EXHAUST FAN

A. General. Fan shall be a spun aluminum, roof mounted, belt driven, upblast centrifugal exhaust ventilator.

B. Construction. The fan shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. The spun aluminum structural components shall be constructed of minimum 16-gauge marine alloy aluminum, bolted to a rigid aluminum support structure. The aluminum base shall have a one-piece inlet spinning and continuously welded curb cap corners for maximum leak protection. The windband shall have a rolled bead for added strength. A two-piece top cap shall have stainless steel quick release latches to provide access into the motor compartment without the use of tools. An external wiring compartment with integral conduit chase shall be provided into the motor compartment to facilitate wiring connections. The motor, bearings and drives shall be mounted on a minimum 14-gauge steel power assembly. These components shall be enclosed in a weather-tight compartment, separated from the exhaust airstream. A one inch thick, three-pound density foil backed heat shield shall be utilized to protect the motor and drive components from excessive heat. Lifting lugs shall be provided to help prevent damage from improper lifting.

C. Wheel. Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of 100 percent aluminum, including a precision machined cast aluminum hub. Wheel inlet shall overlap an aerodynamic aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05.

D. Fan Motor, Bearing and Drives. Motor shall be Nema design B with class B insulation rated for continuous duty and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Bearings shall be designed and individually tested specifically for use in air handling applications. Construction shall be heavy duty regreasable ball type in a cast iron pillow block housing selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, static conducting. Drives shall be precision machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Drives shall be sized for 150 percent of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan RPM. Provide with automatic belt tensioner.

Page 113: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 9 OF 16

E. Miscellaneous:

1. Provide NEMA 3R pre-wired disconnect switch for fans as indicated on fan schedules.

2. Provide roof curb meeting requirements of NFPA-96, including a vented extension. Provide a hinged base to allow fan to tilt away for access to wheel and ductwork for inspection and cleaning.

3. Provide grease trough and extended lube lines.

2.09 TUBE AXIAL UP-BLAST SMOKE CONTROL EXHAUST FAN

A. General. The fan shall be a belt driven high temperature upblast propeller roof fan.

B. Certifications. Fan shall be manufactured at an ISO 9001 certified facility. Fan shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories as a “Power Ventilator for Smoke Control Systems” and UL listed as “Power Ventilator for Smoke Control Systems.

C. Construction. The fan shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. The bearings and drives shall be mounted on a minimum 10-gauge welded steel power assembly. The motor shall be mounted to a minimum 14 gauge steel motor base welded to the outside of the minimum 14 gauge welded steel fan housing. Minimum 10 gauge adjustable motor plate shall utilize threaded studs for positive belt tensioning. The motor shall be protected by a minimum 16 gauge weather cover. The fan housing shall be continuously welded to a fan base with integral venturi and continuously welded curb cap corners. Fan shall have hinged butterfly discharge dampers of aluminum or steel construction with a rain gutter to prevent rain infiltration. The damper assembly shall be protected by a continuously welded steel windband of minimum 18 gauge steel with minimum one inch flanges for maximum strength and rigidity. Damper assembly shall be furnished with fusible links that melt at 165°F allowing dampers to open automatically when power is off. Dampers shall meet UL 793 snow load testing of butterfly dampers (10 lb/sqft). Unit shall be tested to operate at 500°F for 4 hours per IRI requirements and operate at 1000°F for 15 minutes per SBCCI requirements.

D. Propeller. Propeller shall be a high-efficiency fabricated steel design with blades securely fastened to a minimum 7 gauge steel hub. The hub shall be keyed and locked to the fan shaft utilizing two setscrews or a taperlock bushing. Propeller shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05, Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans.

E. Fan Motor, Bearing and Drives. Motor shall be Nema design B with class B insulation rated for continuous duty and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Bearings shall be designed and tested specifically for use in air handling applications. Construction shall be heavy duty regreasable ball type in a cast iron housing selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, static conducting. Drives shall be precision machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Drives shall be sized for 150% of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan RPM.

2.10 AIR CURTAIN UNIT

A. Rigid welded construction for support at each end without need for intermediate support. Air curtain fans shall be provided with a weatherproof housing constructed of minimum 16-gage rigid welded steel with baked enamel finish by fan manufacturer.

Page 114: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 10 OF 16

B. Fan wheels shall be forward curved, non-overloading, centrifugal type, double inlet, double width with brazed hubs, statically and dynamically balanced. Wheels and housings shall be galvanized steel.

C. Each curtain shall be furnished with a door switch to energize curtain whenever the door is open and actuate the hot water control valve to maintain the temperature set point. Units shall be provided with factory mounted, factory wired control panels including motor starters, transformer for low voltage door switch and terminal strip for connection to power source. Provide a discharge grille and conduit box for single point connection for fan and controls.

D. Air curtains shall attain air velocities specified within 2 seconds following activation. Air intake and discharge openings shall be protected by bird screens. Air curtain shall be at least as wide as the opening to be protected. Air discharge opening shall be so designed and equipped as to permit outward adjustment of the discharge air. Installation and adjustment shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Interior surfaces of the air curtain shall be accessible for cleaning.

E. Fan noise levels shall not exceed 45 dBA when measured at a distance of ten (10) feet from fan discharge opening.

F. Air curtains designed for use in service entranceways shall develop an air curtain not less than three (3) inches thick at the discharge nozzle. The air velocity shall not be less than 1600 fpm across the entire entryway when measured 3 feet above the floor.

G. Where scheduled, include hot water coils with copper tubes and copper fins. Coil shall be rated at 230 psig and 300 degrees F with capacities per ARI 410. Provide UL approved, factory-mounted and factory-wired electric coils where scheduled.

H. Provide control panel with motor starter, terminal strip, motor overloads, and control transformer. Provide field adjustable time delay relay, ON-OFF-AUTOMATIC switch.

2.11 TUBULAR INLINE CENTRIFUGAL FAN

A. Description. Fan shall be duct mounted, belt driven tubular centrifugal inline.

B. Construction. Fan shall be of welded and bolted construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. Housing shall be minimum 12 gauge steel with integral inlet and outlet flanges. The fan housing shall include an inspection door, oriented 180 degrees from the motor, that provides access to the fan for cleaning or inspection. Adjustable motor plate shall utilize threaded studs for positive belt tensioning. Extended lube lines shall be furnished for lubrication of fan bearings. Mounting brackets shall be welded to the outer housing to accommodate universal mounting feet for vertical or horizontal installation. Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, non-overloading flatblade type. Wheel shall be constructed of 100 percent aluminum, including a precision machined cast aluminum hub. Wheel hub shall be keyed and securely attached to the fan shaft. Wheel inlet shall overlap an aerodynamically efficient aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05.

C. Wheel. Wheel shall be steel centrifugal backward inclined, non-overloading flatblade type. Blades shall be continuously welded to the backplate and deep spun inlet shroud. Wheel hub shall be keyed and securely attached to the fan shaft. Wheel inlet shall overlap a one piece aerodynamically efficient aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05.

Page 115: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 11 OF 16

D. Fan Motor, Bearing and Drive. Motor shall be Nema design B with class B insulation rated for continuous duty and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Bearings shall be designed and tested specifically for use in air handling applications. Construction shall be regreasable ball or roller type in a cast iron pillowblock housing selected for a minimum L10 life in excess of 80,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, static conducting. Drives shall be precision machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Drives shall be sized for 150 percent of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan RPM.

2.12 SQUARE INLINE CENTRIFUGAL FAN.

A. Description. Fan shall be duct mounted, belt driven centrifugal square inline.

B. Construction. The fan shall be of bolted construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. Housing shall be minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel with integral duct collars. Bolted access doors shall be provided on three sides, sealed with closed cell neoprene gasketing. Pivoting motor plate shall utilize threaded L-bolt design for positive belt tensioning. Housing shall be pre-drilled to accommodate universal mounting feet for vertical or horizontal installation.

C. Wheel. Wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of 100% aluminum, including a precision machined cast aluminum hub. Wheel inlet shall overlap an aerodynamic aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05.

D. Motor, Bearing and Drive. Motor shall be NEMA design B with class B insulation rated for continuous duty and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Bearings shall be designed and individually tested specifically for use in air handling applications. Construction shall be heavy duty regreasable ball type in a pillowblock cast iron housing selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, static conducting. Drives shall be precision machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Drives shall be sized for 150 percent of the installed motor horsepower. The variable pitch motor drive must be factory set to the specified fan RPM.

2.13 MIXED FLOW FAN

A. General. Fan shall be a belt driven, tubular mixed-flow inline blower.

B. Construction. the fan shall be of welded and bolted construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. Housing shall be minimum 14 gauge steel with integral inlet and outlet collars for slip fit duct connections. Straightening vanes shall be included to assure maximum efficiency and low noise levels. Adjustable motor plate shall utilize threaded studs for positive belt tensioning. Copper extended lube lines shall be furnished for lubrication of fan bearings. Lifting lugs shall be provided for ease of installation. Adjustable mounting feet shall allow field adjustment of motor position.

C. Wheel. Wheel shall be steel, non-overloading, high efficiency mixed-flow type. Contoured single thickness blades shall incorporate 3-D curvature for maximum efficiency across the entire surface of the blade. Blades shall be continuously welded to the backplate and inlet shroud. Hubs shall be keyed and securely attached to the fan shaft. Wheel shall overlap an aerodynamic aluminum inlet cone to provide maximum performance and efficiency. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05.

Page 116: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 12 OF 16

D. Shaft. Blower shaft shall be AISI C-1045 hot rolled and accurately turned, ground and polished. Shafting shall be sized for a critical speed of at least 125% of maximum RPM.

E. Motor, Bearing and Drive. Motor shall be Nema design B with class B insulation rated for continuous duty and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Bearings shall be designed and tested specifically for use in air handling applications. Construction shall be heavy duty regreasable ball or roller type in a cast iron pillow block housing selected for a minimum L50 life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum cataloged operating speed. Belts shall be oil and heat resistant, static conducting. Drives shall be precision machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts. Drives shall be sized for 150% of the installed motor horsepower.

2.14 PROPELLER WALL FAN.

A. General. Fans shall be direct drive with aluminum propeller. The fans shall be complete with guards over motor side. Fans shall be AMCA rated.

B. Construction. Fan shall be of bolted and welded construction utilizing corrosion resistant fasteners. The motor shall be mounted on a 14 Ga. steel power assembly. The power assembly shall be bolted to a minimum 14 Ga. steel wall panel with continuously welded corners and an integral venturi.

C. Propeller. Propeller shall be extruded aluminum airfoil design with cast aluminum hub. The blade pitch shall be factory set and locked using set screws and roll pin. The hub shall be keyed and locked to the shaft utilizing two set screws or a taper lock bushing. Propeller shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-05.

D. Motor. Motor shall be NEMA design B with class B insulation rated for continuous duty and furnished at the specified voltage, phase and enclosure. Coat all parts of fan with baked polyester powder coating.

2.15 CABINET EXHAUST FAN.

A. Cabinet. Ceiling mounted exhaust fans shall be of the centrifugal direct drive type. The fan housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel. The housing interior shall be lined with 0.5 in acoustical insulation. The outlet duct collar shall be adaptable for horizontal or vertical discharge. The grille shall be constructed of high impact polystyrene or aluminum. Grilles shall be non-yellowing. The access for wiring shall be external. The motor disconnect shall be internal and of the plug in type. The motor shall be mounted on vibration isolators. The fan wheel(s) shall be of the forward curved centrifugal type, constructed of galvanized steel and dynamically balanced. All fans shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seals for sound and air performance and shall be U.L. Listed.

B. In-line. Duct mounted exhaust fans shall be of the centrifugal, direct drive type. The fan housing shall be constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel and shall include prepunched mounting brackets. The housing interior shall be lined with 0.5 in acoustical insulation. The outlet duct collar shall be adaptable for horizontal or vertical discharge. The access for wiring shall be external. The motor disconnect shall be internal and of the plug in type. The motor shall be mounted on vibration isolators. The fan wheel(s) shall be of the forward curved centrifugal type, constructed of either galvanized steel or plastic and dynamically balanced. Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for air performance and shall be U.L. Listed.

Page 117: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 13 OF 16

2.16 MOTORS AND DRIVES (ALL UNITS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)

A. Motors: In total compliance with Section 20 05 13 – Motors.

B. Disconnect Switches: Provide for each fan under Division 26. No switches shall be provided in fan housing. All disconnects shall be external to fan housing.

C. Bearings: L-10 life at 200,000 hours self-aligning, grease-lubricated ball or roller bearings.

D. Shafts: Hot rolled steel, ground and polished, with key-way, protectively coated with lubricating oil. Provide 316 stainless steel shafts for fume hood or corrosive applications.

2.17 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT

A. Motor Covers: Provide weatherproof motor covers for installations out of doors. Apply the same finish as used on the fan.

B. Belt Guards: All belt drives shall be furnished with belt guards. Fabricate to SMACNA Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards; of 12 gage 3/4-inch diamond mesh wire screen welded to steel angle frame or equivalent, prime coated. Secure to fan or fan supports without short circuiting vibration isolation, with provision for adjustment of belt tension, lubrication, and use of tachometer with guard in place.

C. Belt Drives:

1. Unless otherwise specified for belt-driven fans, equip the fan motors with variable pitch sheaves. Select the sheave size for the approximate midpoint of adjustment and to provide not less than 20 percent speed variation from full open to full closed. Size drives for 150 percent of rated horsepower. Key the fan sheave to the fan shaft.

2. Nonadjustable motor sheaves may be used for motor sizes over 15 horsepower, at the Contractor's option. However, if changing a nonadjustable sheave becomes necessary to produce the specified capacity, the change must be made at no additional cost.

3. Provide belt guards and apply the same finish as used for the fan.

D. Safety Disconnect Switch: Provide a factory-wired, safety disconnect switch on each unit equipped with a 115/1/60 motor. Division 26 will provide safety disconnect switches for all motors that are not 115/1/60, such as three phase motors, unless noted otherwise in specifications or fan schedule.

E. Relief Vents and Air Inlets: Provide vents and inlets with aluminum frames and 1/2-inch mesh, galvanized bird screens. Include dampers, motorized dampers on inlets and adjustable counter balanced dampers for relief vents as indicated on fan schedule and in specifications.

F. Prefabricated Roof Curbs: Furnish prefabricated roof curbs with built-in cant strips and lined with glass fiber insulation. Curbs may be made of No. 18 U.S. standard gage galvanized steel or 0.063 inch aluminum. The minimum height is 8 inches. Include on each roof curb a resilient pad for equipment mounting on the top flange. Include damper tray where indicated on schedule or specifications. Refer to Kitchen Exhaust Fan specification for additional requirements roof curbs serving grease exhaust fans.

G. Motors. All 115/1/60 motors shall be provided with thermal overload protection.

Page 118: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 14 OF 16

H. Nameplates. Provide an aluminum or stainless steel nameplate secured with screws to the equipment in a location that is readable when the equipment is installed and in operation. The following information shall be included on the nameplate: manufacturer, model number, serial number, date of manufacture, Motor HP, Motor enclosure, motor volts/ph/hz and rpm, design CFM, design SP, Fan Class, Fan RPM, Max RPM.

I. Sound Attenuating Base: Construct sound attenuating bases of No. 18 U.S. standard gage galvanized steel or 0.063 inch aluminum. Include a built-in cant strip for curb mounting and a resilient pad for equipment mounting on the top flange. Line the base with 2 inches of glass fiber insulation and fit internally with glass fiber acoustical baffles.

J. Fan Isolation Base. Provide fan manufacturer’s factory isolation base to provide support for fan and motor. The base shall be constructed of structural steel C4x4.5 channel (minimum) and coated same as specified for lab exhaust fans. All connections shall be welded. The base shall have mounting holes at each of the four corners for installation of vibration isolators.

2.18 AIR FLOW MEASURING STATION.

A. Fans with Air Flow Monitoring selected shall include the following.

1. Flow monitoring station shall monitor the pressure difference between the fan inlet and the smallest diameter of the inlet cone.

2. Volumetric flow to be calculated from empirically derived formulas based on testing by the fan manufacturer.

3. Flow monitoring station shall not use air restricting probes that reduce fan performance or create additional fan sound.

4. Four equidistantly spaced sensor orifices to be drilled in the smallest diameter of the inlet cone venturi. Flow tubes from each venturi sensor to extend to a termination plate mounted on the fan housing.

5. High-pressure flow probe(s) to be mounted in low velocity fan inlet. Flow probes from the high-pressure sensor shall extend to a termination plate mounted on the fan housing.

6. Termination plate shall include a low-pressure connection, a high-pressure connection, and a listing of the empirically determined flow rate coefficient.

7. Flow monitoring station shall accurately measure the pressure differential to within ±3%.

8. Flow monitoring station to be installed by the fan manufacturer as part of the standard fan assembly.

2.19 FACTORY APPLIED FINISHES

A. Wheels and Impellers: Steel components shall be finished with a thermally fused polyester coating. Other finishes as required on Drawings.

B. Housings:

1. Interior Fans: Thermally fused polyester coating for steel. Prime coating is not required for aluminum housings.

Page 119: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 15 OF 16

2. Exterior (Outdoor) Fans: Prior to assembly with minimum 6 mil saltwater-resistant, thermally-fused polyester coating (color selected by Architect). Coating is not required for aluminum housings.

3. Corrosive Environment: Fume hood fans, prior to assembly with minimum 4 mil, high performance epoxy or Heresite coating by fan manufacturer as appropriate for the chemicals being handled. Provide spark-proof construction where fan handles flammable materials.

2.20 ACCESSORIES

A. Inlet Bell: Bell mouth inlet fabricated of steel with flange.

B. Outlet Cones: Fabricated of steel with flanges, outlet area/inlet area ratio of 1.5/1.0, with center pod as recommended by manufacturer.

C. Dampers: Welded steel construction consisting of two semi-circular vanes pivoted on oil retaining bearings in short casing section, finished by hot dip galvanizing. Provide motor actuation.

D. Thrust Restraints: Provide thrust restraints where thrust exceeds fan weight for vane and axial fans.

E. Inlet/Outlet Screens: Galvanized steel welded grid. Provide where inlet or outlet are unducted.

F. Access Doors: Shaped to conform to housing with quick opening latches and gaskets.

G. Cover: Provide weatherproof cover for motor and drive where fans are exposed to the weather.

H. Extended Wiring: Provide extended wiring for electrical connection at the exterior of the unit for all direct drive applications

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Do not operate fans for any purpose until ductwork is clean, filters in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation

C. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations.

D. Install fans with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. Refer to Section 20 05 48.

E. Install flexible connections specified in Section 23 33 00 between fan inlet and discharge ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one-inch flex between ductwork and fan while running.

F. Install fan restraining snubbers as required. Refer to Section 20 05 48. Adjust snubbers to prevent tension in flexible connectors when fan is operating.

Page 120: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas POWER VENTILATORS HVAC FANSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 34 23 MS20190301 16 OF 16

G. Roof Curbs: Roof curb installation shall be coordinated with Owner and Contractor.

H. Disconnect Switches: Disconnect switches shall be installed adjacent to fan on unistrut per Division 26. Coordinate installation with Owner.

I. Provide motorized isolation dampers on discharge of exhaust fans where indicated. Refer to Section 23 33 00.

3.02 PAINTING

A. Provide equipment with factory finish in accordance with the manufacturer's standards. Touch up scratches and marks from handling and installation with manufacturers finish and match manufacturer's color.

END OF SECTION 23 34 23

Page 121: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 1 OF 11

SECTION 23 36 00 - AIR TERMINAL UNITS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Perform all Work required to provide and install the following products as indicated by the Contract Documents with supplementary items necessary for proper installation.

1. Single duct variable or constant volume terminal units.

2. Dual duct variable or constant volume terminal units.

3. Fan powered terminal units.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

B. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

C. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references:

1. NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems.

2. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors.

3. AHRI Standard 880 for Air Terminals. Selected terminal unit manufacturer and model shall be listed in the latest AHRI directory.

4. ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 130 – Methods of Testing for Rating Ducted Air Terminal Units.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Shop Drawings of product data indicating configuration, general assembly, access space required for service, and materials used in fabrication.

2. Electronic or Printed Catalog performance ratings that indicate nominal inlet size, CFM, applicable static pressure at the inlet or discharge of terminal unit, and noise criteria (NC) levels with octave band sound power level data in accordance with AHRI 880, for the insulation lining selected.

3. Leakage curves indicating inlet static pressure and actual tested leakage rates shall be submitted for all non-standard or custom-built terminal units.

Page 122: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 2 OF 11

4. Unit manufacturer shall test and certify that each terminal unit used on this Project has been tested as specified.

B. Record Documents:

1. Submit under provision of Division 01.

C. Operation and Maintenance Data:

1. Operating instructions and maintenance manuals indicating maintenance and repair data, parts lists.

D. Sample Units:

1. At the request of the owner and/or A/E team one sample, 8 inch size, production run unit of each type shall be selected by the TAB on site and submitted for examination and approval by the Engineer, Owner, and TAB Firm.

2. This sample unit shall be submitted in addition to the required written submittal, well in advance of any requirement for installation of units

A. [Terminal Unit Testing

1. Two terminal units of each type will be selected by the Owner for testing by the TAB firm. After the terminal units have been shipped to the job site, the Owner and TAB firm will select which terminal units will be tested. The Contractor will then ship the terminal units from the job site to the TAB firm’s testing facility.

2. The boxes will be tested for casing and damper leakage at the TAB firm’s testing facility. The TAB firm will ship the terminal units back to the job site at Contractor’s expense for installation after testing is complete.

3. If a terminal box fails testing, the manufacturer shall visit the TAB firm’s testing facility and modify the terminal unit to meet the leakage requirements. The TAB firm will then retest the terminal unit to verify it meets the leakage requirements. If the terminal unit passes the test, the manufacturer shall provide a written procedure for repair and modifications of the terminal units for review and approval by the Owner. If approved by the Owner, the manufacturer shall implement the repairs and modifications to all the terminal units at the job site. If the required repairs and modifications cannot be made at the job site, the contractor shall ship all of the applicable terminal units back to the factory for repair and modifications.]

4. warranty

B. Provide minimum one year manufacturer’s warranty under provisions of Division 01.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

Page 123: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 3 OF 11

2.02 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three (3) years documented experience.

B. The same manufacturer shall provide all products supplied and/or installed under this Section.

C. Manufacturers:

1. Nailor Industries.

2. Titus.

3. Krueger.

4. Metal Aire.

5. Price.

6. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

D. This section applies to single duct, dual duct, and fan powered terminal unit configurations as described within this Specification.

E. Casing Construction:

1. Units shall be constructed of 20 gage galvanized steel.

2. Provide boxes supplied by the manufacturer fully assembled with air dampers, heating coil (unless required to be mounted in the ductwork to meet the scheduled performance), self-contained volume regulator, fans, and disconnect switch. All interior features of the boxes shall be secured within the casing to avoid excessive movement or rattling with air movement or externally generated vibration.

3. Provide gasketed internally insulated access door with ¼ turn metal cam lock in bottom of terminal box except when box has an electric heating coil.

4. All external features of the terminal units shall be designed not to extend beyond the ends of the unit. For example, the actuator mounting brackets, etc. shall not extend beyond the plane of the inlet "bulkhead." The only exception shall be flow sensors installed in the inlet duct connections. Note that if a separate flow station is installed within a frame within the casing, then it shall be so installed not to allow airflow to bypass the flow measurement station.

F. Ductwork Connections:

1. Construct units with inlet and discharge ductwork connections. The inlet ductwork connections shall extend a minimum of 4 inches from the unit casing including an allowance for the installation of airflow station(s) or probe(s).

2. The discharge connection shall include flange connection for use by the Contractor to secure the discharge ductwork or appurtenances to the unit and shall be reinforced to provide a rigid assembly.

3. External insulation shall be as specified in the Contract Documents for duct insulation with full vapor barrier.

Page 124: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 4 OF 11

G. Single Duct Casing Leakage:

1. [Low leakage construction. Assembled units shall be constructed such that casing leakage does not exceed 1.0 percent of terminal unit rated airflow at 4 inches w.g. of inlet static pressure.]

2. [Standard construction. Assembled unit leakage not to exceed the following at 1 inch water gage.

Box Inlet Size (in) Casing Leakage CFM

4-14 10

16 14]

3. Tapes and sealants on the exterior of the casing are not acceptable.

H. Casing Liners:

1. Liners for Administrative and Non-Critical Patient Care and Laboratory Applications:

a. Terminal units shall be internally lined with at least 1 inch thick, 1-1/2 lb dual density insulation of fiberglass complying with NFPA 90A and UL 181. All exposed insulation edges shall be coated with NFPA 90A approved sealant to prevent entrainment of fibers in the air stream.

2. Liners for Critical Patient Care Applications (Doublewall):

a. Terminal unit casing shall be double wall lined with 1-inch thick, 1.5 lb density fiberglass insulation enclosed between the unit casing and a non-perforated, internal sheet metal cover. The interior wall cover shall be 22 gage galvanized steel. The interior wall cover shall extend over the fiberglass insulation and cover the liner cut edges. The exterior cover shall be 20 gage galvanized steel.

b. Insulation shall meet requirements of UL181 and NFPA 90A.

c. Casing shall be insulated throughout its interior.

d. Critical Patient Care Applications include, but are not limited, to the following:

1) All inpatient rooms, including airborne infection isolation rooms and protective environment rooms.

2) All operating and procedure rooms.

3) Surgery prep and post-anesthesia care units (PACU), recovery rooms.

4) Laboratories not being served by laboratory air valves.

I. Damper:

Page 125: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 5 OF 11

1. Damper blades shall be minimum 18 gage galvanized steel or equivalent aluminum and shall be securely riveted or bolted through the damper shafts to assure no slippage of the blades. The damper shafts shall operate in rustproof self-lubricating bearings. Damper shafts penetrating the unit casings shall be sealed against leakage and bearings shall be installed for protection against wear in the casing penetration. Damper shafts shall be formed of or cut from solid stock; no hollow shafts will be allowed. The dampers shall seat against gasketed stops or the dampers shall have gasketed edges. The dampers shall be constructed with the proper rigidity to prevent deformation of the damper blade. The damper actuator linkage, if used, shall be constructed of material of sufficient strength to avoid buckling under extreme loads. Also, linkages shall not allow play greater than 5 degrees of damper movement. The controls for the dampers shall cause the dampers to fail in the position of last control (freeze in place) or fail to the open position.

2. Damper Leakage:

a. [Low leakage construction. Units shall be tested for inlet leakage with 4 inches w.g. static pressure imposed. The maximum percent leakage from all tests shall be reported. The following table provides the maximum allowable damper leakage for the various size diameter inlets at 4 inches w.g. inlet pressure.

INLET DIAMETER (INCHES)

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CFM (AREA X 2000 FPM)

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CFM DAMPER LEAKAGE

6 393 6.0 8 698 11.010 1091 17.012 1571 20.014 2138 30.0]

b. Standard construction. Air leakage past the closed damper shall not exceed 2 percent of the unit maximum rated airflow at 3 inches w.g. inlet static pressure.

3. Flow Measurement: Airflow through the unit shall be accomplished by the use of a multi-port velocity pressure cross sensor or multi-axis flow ring devices with a minimum of four (4) radial distribution pick-up points The pickup points shall be divided evenly in each of the four quadrants of the duct. Ducts larger than 16 inches in diameter shall be divided into sections which are each averaged to its respective center and then cascaded so that the entire cross-sectional area is traversed. Center tapped averaging sensors shall provide a differential pressure signal that represents actual airflow within an accuracy of +5 percent of maximum rated flow. This accuracy shall be maintained when inlet duct varies from straight to 90 degrees entrance approach angle.

4. Calibration of each terminal unit with the building automation system (BAS) Provider’s controller is to be performed by the manufacturer prior to shipping the terminal unit to the Project Site.

5. Hot Water Heating Coil (where scheduled):

6. Hot water coils installed in conjunction with terminal units as scheduled on the Drawings shall be factory installed having one or two tube rows and a maximum of 12 aluminum fins per inch. Airside pressure drop shall be limited to 0.2 inches w.g. at unit rated cold airflow. Provide a separate coil for duct mounting if necessary, to meet this requirement. Water pressure drop shall not exceed ten feet of head. Construct and test coils in accordance with UL and/or AHRI Standards.

Page 126: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 6 OF 11

7. Tubes shall be ½ inch diameter seamless copper with minimum wall thickness of 0.016 inches, leak tested at 300 psig.

8. Side and end plates shall be minimum 22 gage galvanized sheet metal construction.

9. Protect tube bends with tube bend caps of sheet metal similar to casing material. Insulate within the caps. Contractor shall insulate tube sheets and coil casings in same manner as adjacent ductwork.

J. Electric Heating Coil (where scheduled):

1. Electric heating coils installed in conjunction with terminal units as scheduled on the Drawings shall be factory-installed. Heaters shall be UL listed for zero clearance and meet all applicable requirements of the NEC. Resistance wire shall be 80 percent nickel and 20 percent chromium. Furnish heater with airflow switch, SCR power to heating elements, fan relay, control voltage transformer, high limit thermal cut-out, and a NEMA 1 electrical enclosure. Provide a fused main power disconnect. Disconnect can be as an integral component of the unit or mounted separately (coordinate additional work with electrical contractor if not provided integral).

K. Unit Controls:

1. General Performance: Flow stations, control transformers, disconnect switch, and controls enclosure shall be furnished, mounted and adjusted by the terminal unit manufacturer to assure their proper placement within the units. If DDC controls of another manufacturer (not the terminal unit manufacturer) are provided for the Project, the terminal unit manufacturer shall be responsible only for construction of the terminal unit and installation of internal control components installed at the manufacturer’s factory and shall not be responsible for installation of controls not installed at the terminal unit manufacturer’s factory, nor shall the manufacturer be responsible for the performance of the DDC controls. The performance of DDC controls in connection with terminal units shall be the responsibility of the BAS Provider.

2. Control Performance: Assemblies shall be able to be reset to any airflow between zero and the maximum CFM shown on Drawings. To allow for maximum future flexibility, it shall be necessary to make only simple screwdriver or keyboard adjustments to arrange each unit for any maximum airflow within the ranges for each inlet size as scheduled on the Drawings. The control devices shall be designed to maintain the desired flow regardless of inlet flow deflection.

3. Control Sequences: The control sequence arrangements shall be as described on the Drawings. Terminal units shall be shipped from the manufacturer with all necessary control devices to accomplish each sequence, except as may be prohibited by the BAS Provider. The desired sequence shall be adjustable according to space usage or a change in space conditions.

L. DDC Controls Protocol/Description:

1. BAS Provider will be responsible for providing all damper actuators, linkages, flow transducers, controllers, room temperature sensors, and any other devices required for unit control, except as specified below.

2. BAS Provider will be responsible for calibrating the actuator and its controller through TAB work for scheduled airflow rates. Units shall be capable of field calibration and readjustment with external gauge taps.

Page 127: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 7 OF 11

3. Unit manufacturer shall provide unit inlet flow sensor and pneumatic tubing for BAS Provider’s use.

4. Unit manufacturer shall factory install all devices furnished by BAS Provider to result in a complete functioning unit. Unit manufacturer shall be responsible for reviewing compatibility of devices furnished by BAS Provider to units provided.

M. Pressure and Leakage Certification:

1. Manufacturer shall certify that each unit used on the Project will perform as specified. Each unit shall bear a tag or decal listing the following specified information:

a. Test pressure.

b. Leakage CFM (damper).

c. Leakage CFM (casing except fan-powered units).

d. Date of manufacture.

e. Name of person performing test.

2.03 SINGLE DUCT VARIABLE OR CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT

A. Pressure independent, single duct variable or constant air volume control assemblies with integral attenuator and heating coil, of the sizes, capacities and configurations as scheduled on the Drawings.

B. Select boxes with maximum scheduled CFM within mid to 80 percent of box listed capacity range. Upsize terminal units as required to meet this criteria.

C. Sound Ratings: All sound power levels shall be obtained from testing in accordance with AHRI Standard 880. Limit installed unit discharge sound levels to NC 30 and radiated to NC-30, based upon 1”W.G. static pressure drop across the unit. NC shall be reported calculated using the acoustical reductions indicated in latest version of AHRI 885, appendix E.

2.04 DUAL DUCT VARIABLE OR CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL UNITS

A. Pressure independent, dual duct variable or constant air volume control assemblies with attenuator-mixers of the sizes, capacities and configurations as scheduled on the Drawings.

B. Unit Pressure Drop: For dual duct units with an integral attenuator-mixer, but with no other accessories, the static pressure across the assembly with an equivalent 2000 fpm inlet velocity through one inlet shall not exceed 0.50 inches water gauge, with the total flow through either inlet.

C. Mixing:

a. Dual duct terminal units as specified herein shall provide mixing within the units and not rely upon the discharge ductwork to provide for completion of the mixing process.

b. The horizontal average temperature of the air as it leaves the terminal unit shall not vary more than 1 degree F for each 10 degrees F of temperature difference between the two inlet air supplies.

Page 128: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 8 OF 11

1) For example, if the cold supply air is 55 degrees F and the hot supply air is 95 degrees F, the difference is 40 degrees. The allowable temperature variation of the discharge air is, thus, 4 degrees F.

c. The temperature of the discharge air shall be measured using a pattern of four (4) vertical, evenly spaced columns and three horizontal, evenly spaced rows.

d. The rows and columns shall be spaced so that the resulting 12 points shall be at the centers of equal areas. The plane of the points shall be perpendicular to the direction of airflow, within four (4) inches of the discharge of the terminal unit, within the discharge ductwork. The three readings in each column shall be averaged to determine compliance with the 1 degree F criteria.

2.05 FAN POWERED CONSTANT VOLUME TERMINAL UNITS

A. Pressure independent, series fan-powered, constant volume terminal units with primary variable air volume damper that controls primary air quantity in response to a temperature control signal. Units shall be of the sizes, capacities and configurations as scheduled on the Drawings.

B. Assembly: Units shall be designed and built as a single unit with variable volume controls, heating coils, equipped with power circuit fusing, and disconnect switch. Terminal units equipped with electric heating coils shall have separate fused and disconnect electrical power circuits. Provide a filter rack with a 1-inch thick throwaway filter to be used during the Project construction phase. Replace filter with new filter prior to Owner acceptance. Provide units with an internally insulated inlet sound attenuator. For units with double wall liner option, provide inlet sound attenuator with perforated metal liner.

C. Fan Assembly:

1. Forward curved centrifugal type fan of metal construction. Motor shall be ECM DC brushless; no exceptions. Motor must be complete with and operated by a single phase integrated controller/inverter that operates the wound stator and senses rotor position to electrically commutate the stator. All motors must be designed for synchronous rotation. Motor rotor must be permanent magnet type with near zero rotor losses. Motor must have built in soft start and soft speed change ramps. Motor must be able to be mounted with shaft in horizontal or vertical orientation. Motor must be permanently lubricated with ball bearings. Sleeve bearings will not be acceptable. Motor shall be direct coupled to the blower. Motor must maintain a minimum of 70 percent efficiency over its entire operating range.

2. Terminal unit manufacturer must set the fan CFM at the factory. Fan CFM must be constant within +/-5 percent regardless of changes in static whether upstream or downstream of the terminal unit after it is installed. Fan CFM shall be set with a potentiometer. Neither SCRs nor rheostats are acceptable means of setting fan CFM. A speed adjustment device must be included with the motor for field adjustment should construction or design changes become necessary.

3. Internally suspend and isolate fan/motor assembly from casing on rubber isolators to prevent noise and vibration transmission from the fan/motor assembly to the casing.

4. The unit casing shall have a bottom access panel which allows removal of fan/motor assembly and servicing of all interior components without disturbing duct connections.

D. Wiring:

Page 129: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 9 OF 11

1. Factory mounts and wires controls. Mount electrical components in control box with removable cover. Incorporate single point electrical connection to power source.

2. Provide an appropriately sized [120] [277] volt control power 24 VAC transformer and terminal strip in control box for field wiring of controls and power source. Factory mounts the transformer on electronically controlled terminal units. Contractor shall inform terminal manufacturer of the primary voltage in order to provide the correct step down control transformer.

3. Factory wire fan to terminal strip.

4. Provide factory installed disconnect switch.

E. Limit installed unit discharge sound levels to NC 35 and radiated to NC-30, based upon 1”W.G. static pressure drop across the unit. NC shall be reported calculated using the acoustical reductions indicated in latest version of AHRI 885, appendix E.

2.06 FAN POWERED VARIABLE VOLUME TERMINAL UNITS

A. Pressure independent, parallel fan-powered, variable volume terminal units with primary variable air volume damper that controls primary air quantity in response to a temperature control signal. Units shall be of the sizes, capacities and configurations as scheduled on the Drawings. Unit assembly, fan, and wiring shall be the same as indicated for fan powered constant volume terminal units.

B. Sound Performance Criteria:

1. The following chart reflects maximum allowable radiated sound power level for fan powered terminal units. Acoustical consultant will perform calculations to determine if NC criteria is met in sound sensitive rooms and recommend alternate sound power levels if required to meet the NC criteria.

2. All sound power levels shall be obtained from testing in accordance with ARI Standard 880.

Single Wall Unit Fan Powered Unit Maximum RadiatedSound Power Level (dB) at Band Number and Center Frequency (Hz)

UnitSize Inlet

Diameter

Fan and 100%PrimaryCFM

2125

3250

4500

51,000

62,000

74,000

4 8 250 to 500 55 55 50 42 39 314 10 501 to 800 63 60 56 49 44 37

4 12 801 to 1,150 70 65 61 55 49 43

6 12 1,151 to 1,400

68 64 58 53 47 42

1,401 to

Page 130: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 10 OF 11

6 14 1,600 71 66 60 56 50 44

6 16 1,601 to 2,050

73 61 53 47 47 47

Single Wall Unit Fan Powered Unit Maximum DischargeSound Power Level (dB) at Band Number and Center Frequency (Hz)

UnitSize Inlet

Diameter

Fan and 100%PrimaryCFM

2125

3250

4500

51,000

62,000

74,000

4 8 250 to 500 62 57 55 51 47 47

4 10 501 to 800 68 64 59 58 55 55

4 12 801 to 1,150 73 69 64 63 61 61

6 12 1,151 to 1,400

72 63 63 62 60 60

6 14 1,401 to 1,600

74 66 65 64 63 60

6 16 1,601 to 2,050

76 66 63 58 60 55

Notes: All ratings at 1.0 inches w.c. Inlet Static Pressure and 0.25 inches w.c. Discharge Static PressureUp to +2 dB variation allowed.Radiated sound power is breakout noise transmitted through the unit casing.Discharge sound power is the noise emitted from the unit discharge into the downstream ductwork. No reductions shall be considered for duct, room, arrangement, ceiling volume etc.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations.

C. Provide clearance for inspection, repair, replacement, and service. Ensure accessibility to all terminal unit electrical control panel doors, controllers and operators are located a minimum of 36 inches from all obstructions (walls, pipe, etc.).

D. Provide ceiling access doors or locate units above easily removable ceiling components.

E. Install terminal units with a minimum of three (3) diameters of straight duct directly prior to the entry into each terminal unit connection.

Page 131: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR TERMINAL UNITSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 36 00 MS20190301 11 OF 11

F. Support units individually from structure. Do not support from adjacent ductwork. For terminal units that are not internally isolated, refer to Section 20 05 48 for terminal unit vibration isolation requirements. Terminal units shall be supported using hanger brackets and threaded rods.

G. Connect to ductwork in accordance with Section 23 31 00.

H. Install heating coils (duct mounted, and terminal unit mounted) in accordance with Section 23 82 16.

I. Wiring and controller compartments, electronic motors and damper motors shall have a minimum 24 inch clear wide and deep working space readily accessible from lift out ceiling tiles or access panels.

END OF SECTION 23 36 00

Page 132: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR OUTLETS AND INLETSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 37 00 MS20190301 1 OF 8

SECTION 23 37 00 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. SUMMARY

C. Perform all Work required to provide and install diffusers, diffuser boots, registers/grilles, louvers, louver penthouses, roof hoods, and goosenecks indicated by the Contract Documents with supplementary items necessary for proper installation.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

B. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

C. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references:

1. AMCA 500 - Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters.

2. ANSI/NFPA 90A - Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.

3. AHRI 890 – Rating of Air Diffusers and Air Diffuser Assemblies.

4. ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets.

5. SMACNA 1035 - HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Test and rate performance of air outlets and inlets in accordance with ASHRAE 70.

B. Test and rate performance of louvers in accordance with AMCA 500.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Submit product data and Shop Drawings, indicating type, size, location, application, material, finish, and type of mounting. Submit performance data including throw and drop, static pressure drop and noise ratings.

2. Review requirements of outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submitting product data.

Page 133: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR OUTLETS AND INLETSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 37 00 MS20190301 2 OF 8

B. Operation and Maintenance Data:

1. Submit manufacturer’s installation instructions under provisions of Division 01.

C. Samples: At the request of the Owner and/or A/E team, submit each exposed product for each color and texture specified.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Grilles, registers and diffusers shall be as scheduled on the Drawings Grilles, registers and diffusers shall be provided with sponge rubber or soft felt gaskets where noted on the Drawings. Grilles, slot diffusers and laminar flow bars shall not be internally insulated. If a manufacturer other than the one scheduled is used, the sizes shown on the Drawings shall be checked for performance, noise level, face velocity, throw, pressure drop, etc., before the submittal is made. Selections shall meet the manufacturer’s own published data for the above performance criteria. The throw shall be such that the velocity at the end of the throw in the five (5) foot occupancy zone will not exceed 50 fpm nor be less than 25 fpm except where indicated otherwise. Select grilles, registers, and diffusers with a noise criteria (NC) rating that is 10 points below the NC levels published in ASHRAE for the type of space being served. In the vicinity of lab hoods, terminal velocity at face of hood shall not exceed 20 fpm.

C. Locations of air distribution devices on Drawings are approximate and shall be coordinated with other trades to make symmetrical patterns and shall be influenced by the established general pattern of the lighting fixtures or architectural reflected ceiling plan, but primarily located to maintain proper air distribution. Where called for on Drawings, grilles, registers and diffusers shall be provided with deflecting devices and manual dampers. These grilles, registers, and diffusers shall be the standard product of the manufacturer, and subject to review by the Architect.

D. Provide a frame compatible with the type of ceiling or wall in which the devices are installed. Refer to Architectural Drawings for exact type of ceiling specified.

E. Coordinate color and finish of the devices with the Architect.

2.02 MANUFACTURERS

A. Grilles, Registers, and Diffusers:

1. Krueger Manufacturing Company.

2. Titus Products.

3. Price Industries.

4. Nailor Industries.

5. MetalAire

B. Roof Hoods:

Page 134: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR OUTLETS AND INLETSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 37 00 MS20190301 3 OF 8

1. Greenheck.

2. Cook.

3. Acme.

2.03 ROUND CEILING DIFFUSERS

A. Round, adjustable pattern stamped or spun, multicore type diffuser to discharge air in 360-degree pattern, with sector baffles where indicated.

B. Project diffuser collar above ceiling face and connect to duct with duct ring. In plaster ceilings, provide plaster ring.

C. Fabricate of aluminum, unless otherwise noted, with factory baked enamel, off-white finish.

D. Provide multi-louvered equalizing grid where noted on Drawings.

2.04 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS

A. Rectangular, full louvered face, directional, removable multi-core type diffuser to discharge air in 360-degree pattern. Neck size shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. Provide filler panels, where required, for directional throw diffusers.

B. Fabricate frame and blades of extruded aluminum with factory baked enamel, off-white finish.

C. Provide multi-louvered equalizing grid where noted on Drawings

D. Provide round neck connection as scheduled on Drawings.

2.05 PERFORATED FACE CEILING DIFFUSERS

A. Perforated face with fully adjustable pattern and removable face.

B. Fabricate of aluminum with factory baked enamel, off-white finish.

C. Provide multi-louvered equalizing grid where noted on Drawings.

D. Provide round neck connection as scheduled on Drawings.

2.06 SQUARE PANEL FACE SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR CEILING DIFFUSER

A. Architectural diffuser with a square panel centered within a square housing similar to the Titus OMNI model. Drawings that depict two-way and three-way throw options are achieved with the use of filler panel (where required) for directional throw diffusers.

B. Opposed blade volume dampers shall be provided with the diffuser, if scheduled on the Drawings. The volume damper design shall be similar to the Titus AG-75.

C. Although the manufacturers show this model being used only as a supply air device, this same diffuser can also be used as a return air device. The neck connection shall be the largest available neck size provided by the manufacturer.

D. Provide round neck connection as scheduled on Drawings.

Page 135: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR OUTLETS AND INLETSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 37 00 MS20190301 4 OF 8

2.07 CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES

A. Streamlined blades, depth of which exceeds 3/4-inch spacing, with spring or other device to set blades, vertical face.

B. Fabricate 1-inch margin frame with concealed mounting.

C. Fabricate of [aluminum extrusions, with factory baked enamel finish. Include mounting gasket.

D. Opposed blade damper with removable key operator, operable from face shall only be provided with the grille when it is scheduled on the Drawing.

2.08 PERFORATED FACE RETURN/EXHAUST GRILLES

A. Aluminum perforated face with steel back pan, removable face, and neck sizes as indicated on Drawings.

B. Provide frame type as indicated on Drawings.

C. Fabricate with a baked enamel off-white finish.

D. PERFORATED FACE CEILING EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES.

E. 0.0375-inch stainless steel non-aspirating perforated panels with stainless steel plenum for low-velocity applications.

F. Provide quick-opening fasteners with safety chains.

G. Provide multi-louvered equalizing grid where noted on Drawings.

2.09 CEILING EGG CRATE EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES

A. Fixed series of cubes comprised of 1/2 x 1/2 x 1-inch aluminum strips.

B. Fabricate one-inch margin aluminum frame.

C. Fabricate of aluminum with factory baked enamel finish.

D. Provide square uniform height plenum for ducted return and exhaust application of scheduled neck size.

2.10 CEILING LINEAR SLOT DIFFUSERS

A. Continuous linear flow bar slot with adjustable pattern controllers for left, right, or vertical discharge, with volume control. These dual pattern controllers shall be fully adjustable to allow shut-off without adding any blank-off devices. Provide slot width, length and number of slots as scheduled on the Drawings.

B. Fabricate of aluminum extrusions with factory baked enamel finish.

C. Provide support clips and gasket as required for ceiling system.

D. Provide alignment strips for hairline joints and end caps where the slot terminates. Provide mitered corners.

E. Provide black matte finish for all interior exposed-to-view components.

Page 136: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR OUTLETS AND INLETSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 37 00 MS20190301 5 OF 8

F. Provide 1/4 inch thick. 2lb density insulation on supply air plenum by diffuser manufacturer.

G. Provide return slot diffuser same as supply, except without the adjustable pattern control. Provide return air plenum for ducted return where indicated on Drawings.

H. Confirm border types with architect prior to submittal.

2.11 PLENUM SLOT SUPPLY AND RETURN DIFFUSERS

A. Supply or return plenum slot, 3/4-inch, with single extruded aluminum curved deflector blade to create a tight horizontal airflow pattern across the ceiling. Provide slot width, length, and number of slots as scheduled on the Drawings.

B. Diffusers shall discharge air horizontally through two outside sections and vertically through a center down-blow section.

C. Standard nominal lengths shall be 2, 3, 4, or 5 feet. Units shall be constructed of 24 gage steel. Maximum height of the unit’s plenum shall be 7-inches. Inlets shall have a minimum of 1-1/2-inch depth for duct connection. The standard finish shall be black on the face of the diffuser and pattern deflectors.

D. Diffuser shall be similar to Titus N-1-R diffuser.] CEILING LINEAR EXHAUST AND RETURN GRILLES

E. Streamlined blades with 90-degree one-way deflection, 1/8-inch x 3/4-inch on 1/4-inch centers.

F. Fabricate 1-inch margin frame with countersunk screw mounting.

G. Fabricate of aluminum with factory baked enamel finish.

H. Opposed blade damper with removable key operator, operable from face shall only be provided with the grille when it is scheduled on the Drawing.

2.12 WALL SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES

A. Use double-deflection supply grilles made of aluminum.

B. Install vertical face blades and horizontal rear blades. Provide solid, extruded aluminum blades which are individually adjustable. Space at not more than 3/4 inch centers for rear blades and 1/2 inch centers for face blades and not less than 5/8 inch deep.

C. Employ grille frames of extruded aluminum with welded and mitered corners and mounting gaskets.

D. Provide white finish on all grilles unless indicated otherwise on drawings.

E. Provide integral [aluminum] opposed blade damper with mill finish.

F. WALL EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES

G. For wall return and exhaust, provide a 45 degree fixed-blade aluminum grille. Provide 3/4 inch blade spacing as scheduled, with front blades parallel to long dimension. Provide solid, extruded frames and aluminum blades which are individually adjustable on sizes larger than 24 inches x 24 inches, roll-formed aluminum blades for smaller grilles. Include mounting gaskets. Provide white finish unless noted otherwise on drawings.

Page 137: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR OUTLETS AND INLETSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 37 00 MS20190301 6 OF 8

H. Provide aluminum opposed blade damper with mill finish for all air devices used for exhaust.

I. LINEAR BAR WALL DIFFUSERS

J. Streamlined blades with 0 to 15 degree deflection, as scheduled, 1/8-inch x 3/4-inch or 1/4-inch centers.

K. Fabricate of aluminum extrusions, with factory clear anodized finish.

L. Fabricate 1/2-inch margin frame with concealed mounting and gasket.

M. Provide concealed fastening, straightening grids and alignment bars.

N. Provide return bar diffusers same as supply.

O. LINEAR FLOOR SUPPLY REGISTERS/GRILLES

P. Streamlined blades with zero degree deflection, 7/32-inch x 3/4-inch on 1/2-inch centers.

Q. Fabricate of high-grade heavy gauge aluminum extrusions with factory clear anodized finish, concealed mounting frame, frameless flange for floor installation.

R. Provide concealed fastening, straightening grids and alignment bars.

2.13 LABORATORY FLUSH FACED RADIAL AIR SUPPLY DIFFUSERS

A. High-volume, low velocity performance.

B. Diffuser shall provide a flush face non-aspirating radial air pattern and shall be configured with air supply plenums with inlet collars to assure uniform velocity over the diffuser face.

C. Furnish stainless steel back pan and stainless steel perforated faced diffusers for animal holding rooms.

D. Furnish aluminum back pan and aluminum perforated faced diffusers for laboratories.

E. Laminar Flow Diffusers

F. Air diffuser shall provide uniform, unidirectional air supply in a vertical direction.

G. Frame and frame materials shall be constructed out of aluminum. Provide corner alignment brackets to mounting frames.

H. Plenum shall be spot welded. Provide plenum with an internal equalization baffle for uniform face velocity.

I. Integral hanger tabs shall be used for attaching the unit to the overhead structure.

J. The face of the diffuser shall be constructed of aluminum. Face shall have no less than 13% free-area. Provide white finish.

2.14 WALL EXHAUST AND RETURN REGISTERS/GRILLES – SEVERE DUTY

A. Streamlined 45-degree fixed blades, at 1/2-inch spacing, with horizontal front blades.

B. Fabricate 1-1/4-inch margin frame with vandal-proof screws.

Page 138: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR OUTLETS AND INLETSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 37 00 MS20190301 7 OF 8

C. Fabricate totally of steel with minimum 18 gage frames and minimum 14 gage blades with factory baked enamel finish.

2.15 DOOR GRILLES

A. V-shaped louvers of 20 gage steel, 1-inch deep on 1/2-inch centers.

B. Provide 20 gage steel frame with auxiliary frame to give finished appearance on both sides of door, with factory prime coat finish.

C. ROOF HOODS

D. [Shall be constructed of heavy gauge aluminum, with precision formed, arched panels with interlocking seams. The hood shall be bolted to a minimum 8 gauge aluminum or 12 gauge galvanized steel support structure. A radius throat must be provided for optimum performance. Lifting lugs shall be provided to help prevent damage from improper lifting. The base shall have continuously welded curb cap corners for maximum leak protection. Provide four tie-down points on relief hoods.]

E. [Shall be constructed of heavy gauge aluminum, with precision formed, louver blades along each side of the hood. The louvered sides shall be secured with stainless fasteners to a heavy gauge aluminum support structure. A radius throat must be provided for optimum performance. Lifting lugs shall be provided to help prevent damage from improper lifting. The top cover shall be equipped with insulation to prevent condensation. Provide four tie-down points on relief hoods.]

F. Provide aluminum birdscreen and factory finish.

G. Roof curb shall be coordinated with roofing Contractor.

H. GOOSENECKS

I. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA 1035, 1-inch classification, of minimum 18 gage galvanized steel.

J. Roof curb shall be coordinated with Owner and roofing Contractor.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations.

C. Check location of air outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in position to conform to architectural features, reflected ceiling plans, symmetry, and lighting arrangement.

D. Install air outlets and inlets to ductwork with airtight connection.

E. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles and registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or register assembly. The use of extractors or scoops at duct take-off to diffusers, grilles and registers is not allowed.

Page 139: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas AIR OUTLETS AND INLETSMD Anderson Cancer Center 23 37 00 MS20190301 8 OF 8

F. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Refer to Division 09.

G. Provide all specialties and frames for air distribution devices as required for proper installation in ceiling type as indicated on Architectural Drawings. Provide all cutting and patching of T-bars, gypsum board, and other ceiling systems as required for installation of air devices.

H. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed, before starting air balancing.

END OF SECTION 23 37 00

Page 140: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCT MOUNTED AIR COILS MD Anderson Cancer Center 23 82 16 MS20190301 1 OF 5

SECTION 23 82 16 - DUCT MOUNTED AIR COILS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Perform all Work required to provide and install duct-mounted or stand-alone hydronic and steam coils indicated by the Contract Documents with supplementary items necessary for proper installation. Specifications for air handling unit coils are in the Air Handling Unit Specifications.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. The latest published edition of a reference shall be applicable to this Project unless identified by a specific edition date.

B. All reference amendments adopted prior to the effective date of this Contract shall be applicable to this Project.

C. All materials, installation and workmanship shall comply with the applicable requirements and standards addressed within the following references:

1. ANSI/AHRI 410 - Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils.

2. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three (3) years documented experience.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Submit Shop Drawings indicating coil and frame configurations, dimensions, materials, rows, fin spacing, connections and rough-in dimensions.

2. Submit manufacturer’s certificate that coils are tested in accordance with and rated in accordance with AHRI 410. Non-certified coils will not be accepted.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to the Project Site under provisions of Division 01 and Division 20.

B. Accept products on Site in factory-fabricated protective containers or covered to protect from weather and construction debris. Inspect for damage and make any necessary repairs at no expense to the Owner.

Page 141: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCT MOUNTED AIR COILS MD Anderson Cancer Center 23 82 16 MS20190301 2 OF 5

C. Store in clean dry place and protect from weather and construction traffic. Handle carefully to avoid damage to components. Replace damaged equipment.

D. Protect coils from entry of dirt and debris with pipe caps or plugs.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. All materials shall meet or exceed all applicable referenced standards, federal, state and local requirements, and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

2.02 STEAM COILS

A. All steam coils shall be “non-freeze” 1-inch outside diameter seamless copper outer tubes having 0.035-inch minimum wall thickness. Inner tube shall be 5/8-inch outside diameter seamless copper tubes having 0.025-inch minimum wall thickness.

B. Coils shall have 0.008-inch thick aluminum fins. Coil shall be designed to withstand 125 psig saturated steam supply pressure and temperature.

C. Coils shall be leak tested under water to a minimum of 350 psig air pressure.

D. Coils shall be steam-distributing type. Coil headers shall be cast iron or I.P.S. brass or as specified hereinafter for hydronic cooling coils. Coils shall have a maximum of 8 fins per inch.

2.03 HYDRONIC HEATING COILS

A. Heating coil face velocity shall not exceed 700 fpm unless noted otherwise on the Drawings.

B. Heating coils shall be of the extended surface type and shall have same-end supply and return connections unless otherwise indicated. Coils shall be constructed of copper tubes [5/8-inch] [1/2-inch] outside diameter with [0.020-inch] [0.016-inch] thick minimum wall thickness and aluminum fins permanently bonded to the tubes by mechanical expansion. Coils shall have a maximum of [10][12] fins per inch. Aluminum fin thickness shall be [0.006-inches] [0.008-inches].

C. Coil headers and connections shall be of I.P.S. brass or heavy gage seamless hard drawn copper tubing with penetrations for connection of core tubing by die-formed intrusion process with resulting contact depth between the header wall and core tubing of not less than 0.090-inches.

D. Joints between core tubing and header shall be of recess swage design to allow a large mating area for build up of brazing materials to give increased strength to the joint. Supply and return connection of brass or copper shall be terminated with National Pipe Threads with wrench flats.

E. Provide each coil section with a galvanized steel frame/casing, including tube sheets, no lighter than [16][20] gage. Frame members shall extend over the ends and edges of the coils and shall be constructed with formed holes for tubes, permitting free expansion and contraction of coil sections while supported by an extended surface of the frame. Furnish casing with a slip and drive receiving flange on each end for connection to ductwork.

Page 142: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCT MOUNTED AIR COILS MD Anderson Cancer Center 23 82 16 MS20190301 3 OF 5

F. Coils shall be leak tested with air pressure under water at 300 psig, and designed for operation at 250 psig design working pressure at up to 300 degrees F. Provide stainless steel nameplate on each coil indicating:

1. Manufacturer.

2. Model number.

3. Coil designation.

4. Coil medium.

5. Coil test pressure.

6. Coil maximum operating temperature and pressure.

2.04 HYDRONIC COOLING COILS

A. Cooling coil face velocity shall not exceed 375 fpm for constant volume applications and 400 fpm for variable volume applications fpm, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings.

B. Cooling coils shall be of the extended surface type and shall have same-end supply and return connections unless otherwise indicated. Coils shall be constructed of copper tubes 5/8-inch outside diameter with 0.035-inch thick minimum wall thickness and copper fins permanently bonded to the tubes by mechanical expansion. Coils with spiral wound copper fins will be acceptable provided coils have been solder dipped. Coils shall have a maximum of [8][10] fins per inch and a maximum of 6 rows per coil. If additional capacity is necessary, provide an additional coil with an additional access section between the coils. Pipe the coils in series, counterflow to the direction of airflow. Copper fins on plate coils shall be [0.006-inch] [0.008-inch] thick. Copper fins on spiral wound coils shall have an average thickness of 0.010-inch from root to tip.

C. Coil headers and connections shall be of I.P.S. brass or heavy gage seamless hard drawn copper tubing with penetrations for connection of core tubing by die-formed intrusion process with resulting contact depth between the header wall and core tubing of not less than 0.090-inch. Joints between core tubing and header shall be of recess swage design to allow a large mating area for build up of brazing materials to give increased strength to the joint. Supply and return connection of brass or copper shall be terminated with National Pipe Threads with wrench flats.

D. Each coil section shall be provided with a Type 304 stainless steel frame/casing, including tube sheets, no lighter than 16 gage. Frame members shall extend over the ends and edges of the coils and shall be constructed with formed holes for tubes, permitting free expansion and contraction of coil sections while supported by an extended surface of the frame. Intermediate tube support sheets of Type 304 stainless steel shall be provided in all coils having tube lengths in excess of 48-inches. On long coil sections, coil support spacing shall not exceed 48-inches. All intermediate supports shall be welded to coil frame members and fabricated with formed tube holes to support the penetrating tubes.

E. Coils shall be leak tested with air pressure under water at 325 psig, and designed for operation at 250 psig design working pressure at up to 300 degrees F. Provide stainless steel nameplate on each coil indicating:

1. Manufacturer.

Page 143: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCT MOUNTED AIR COILS MD Anderson Cancer Center 23 82 16 MS20190301 4 OF 5

2. Model number.

3. Coil designation.

4. Coil medium.

5. Coil test pressure.

6. Coil maximum operating temperature and pressure.

F. Provide drain pan and drain connection with trap for cooling coils. Fabricate drain pan from minimum 18 gage 304 stainless steel. Extend three (3) inches from face of coil entering air side, 18 inches from face of coil leaving air side. Pipe drain pans individually to floor drain with water seal trap.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Installation shall meet or exceed all applicable federal, state and local requirements, referenced standards and conform to codes and ordinances of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. All installation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published recommendations.

C. Install access door in ductwork immediately upstream of each coil.

D. Install in ducts and casings in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible.

E. Support coil sections independent of piping on steel channel or double angle frames and secure to casings. Provide frames for maximum three (3) coil sections. Arrange supports to avoid piercing drain pans. Provide airtight seal between coil and duct or casing.

F. Protect coils to prevent damage to fins and flanges. Comb out bent fins.

G. Install cleanable tube coils with 1:50 pitch.

H. Make connections to coils with unions and flanges.

I. On hydronic coils, provide shut-off valve on supply line and lockshield balancing valve on return line. Locate water supply at bottom of supply header and return water connection at top. Provide float operated automatic air vents at high points complete with stop valve. Ensure hydronic coils are drainable and provide drain connection at low points.

J. On hydronic heating coils and cooling coils, connect water supply to leaving airside of coil (counterflow arrangement).

K. In steam coils, install vacuum breaker in steam line at header. Install steam traps with outlet minimum 12 inches below coil return connection.

L. Insulate headers located outside airflow path as specified for piping.

Page 144: Project Manual - C-AIR-S · when the shipment arrives at the Project Site. All testing (except for the initial terminal units) shall be performed at the Project Site. c. Test all

MD Anderson Project No. 20-0054 R1 CTRC LAB PACK & SHIPPBS Engineers ISSUED FOR TDLR REVIEW & CONSTRUCTIONPBS Project No. 2120-034-00 February 10, 2021

The University of Texas DUCT MOUNTED AIR COILS MD Anderson Cancer Center 23 82 16 MS20190301 5 OF 5

M. Pipe condensate from hydronic cooling coils to the nearest convenient floor drain or to location shown on Drawings. Insulate per piping insulation Section. Provide minimum 8 inch deep trap in this drain line to prevent the escape or entry of air through the drain piping. Ensure coil is installed at sufficient height for proper trapping.

END OF SECTION 23 82 16